Stratasys DUPCAB Assembly of RFID reader and antenna boards User Manual Stratasys P750k User Guide

Stratasys Ltd Assembly of RFID reader and antenna boards Stratasys P750k User Guide

User Manual

User GuideEnglishStratasys P750K3D Printer System
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1a)Copyright Copyrightȱ©ȱ2015ȱStratasysȱLtd.ȱAllȱrightsȱreserved.ȱThisȱdocumentationȱcontainsȱproprietaryȱinformationȱofȱStratasysȱLtd.ȱThisȱinformationȱisȱsuppliedȱsolelyȱtoȱassistȱauthorizedȱusersȱofȱStratasysȱP750Kȱ3Dȱprintingȱsystems.ȱNoȱpartȱofȱthisȱdocumentȱmayȱbeȱusedȱforȱotherȱpurposes,ȱandȱitȱmayȱnotȱbeȱdisclosedȱtoȱotherȱparties.ȱTheȱspecificationsȱonȱwhichȱthisȱdocumentȱisȱbasedȱareȱsubjectȱtoȱchangeȱwithoutȱnotice.Noȱpartȱofȱthisȱbookȱmayȱbeȱreproducedȱinȱanyȱformȱorȱbyȱanyȱmeans,ȱnorȱstoredȱinȱaȱdatabaseȱorȱretrievalȱsystem,ȱwithoutȱpriorȱpermissionȱinȱwritingȱfromȱStratasysȱLtd.IfȱthisȱdocumentȱisȱdistributedȱasȱaȱPDFȱfile,ȱyouȱmayȱprintȱitȱforȱinternalȱuse.Trademarks TheȱfollowingȱareȱregisteredȱtrademarksȱofȱStratasysȱLtd.:ȱStratasys®,ȱObjet®,ȱFullCure®.TheȱfollowingȱareȱtrademarksȱofȱStratasysȱLtd.:ȱConnex,ȱConnex500,ȱConnex350,ȱObjet260ȱConnex,ȱPolyJet,ȱObjetȱStudio,ȱJobȱManager.MicrosoftȱandȱMicrosoftȱXPȱareȱtrademarksȱofȱMicrosoftȱCorporation.Allȱnamesȱofȱproductsȱandȱservicesȱcitedȱinȱthisȱbookȱareȱtrademarksȱorȱregisteredȱtrademarksȱofȱtheirȱrespectiveȱcompanies.ȱFCC Compliance TheȱequipmentȱreferredȱtoȱinȱthisȱguideȱhasȱbeenȱtestedȱandȱfoundȱtoȱcomplyȱwithȱtheȱlimitsȱforȱaȱClassȱAȱdeviceȱpursuantȱtoȱpartȱ15ȱofȱtheȱFCCȱrules.ȱTheseȱlimitsȱprovideȱreasonableȱprotectionȱagainstȱharmfulȱinterferenceȱwhenȱtheȱequipmentȱisȱoperatedȱinȱaȱcommercialȱenvironment.ȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprintingȱsystemsȱgenerate,ȱuseȱandȱcanȱradiateȱradioȬfrequencyȱenergyȱand,ȱifȱnotȱinstalledȱandȱusedȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱtheȱinstructionȱmanual,ȱmayȱcauseȱharmfulȱinterferenceȱtoȱradioȱcommunications.ȱOperationȱofȱthisȱequipmentȱinȱaȱresidentialȱareaȱisȱlikelyȱtoȱcauseȱharmfulȱinterference,ȱinȱwhichȱcaseȱtheȱuserȱwillȱbeȱȱrequiredȱtoȱcorrectȱtheȱinterferenceȱatȱhisȱownȱexpense.ȱTheȱ3Dȱprinterȱreferredȱtoȱinȱthisȱguideȱcontainsȱaȱtransmitterȱmodule,ȱFCCȱIDȱYH6ȬDUPCAB.ȱNOTE:ȱStratasysȱisȱnotȱresponsibleȱforȱradioȱorȱTVȱinterferenceȱcausedȱbyȱunauthorizedȱmodificationȱtoȱthisȱequipment.ȱChangesȱorȱmodificationsȱnotȱexpresslyȱapprovedȱbyȱStratasysȱcouldȱvoidȱtheȱuser’sȱauthorityȱtoȱoperateȱtheȱequipment.Equipment RecyclingInȱtheȱEuropeanȱUnion,ȱthisȱsymbolȱindicatesȱthatȱwhenȱtheȱlastȱuserȱwishesȱtoȱdiscardȱaȱproduct,ȱitȱmustȱbeȱsentȱtoȱappropriateȱfacilitiesȱforȱrecoveryȱandȱrecycling.ȱForȱinformationȱaboutȱproperȱdisposal,ȱcheckȱyourȱpurchaseȱcontract,ȱorȱcontactȱtheȱsupplierȱofȱtheȱequipment.ȱȱȱȱȱȱȱȱȱȱȱȱȱLimitation of LiabilityTheȱproduct,ȱsoftwareȱorȱservicesȱareȱbeingȱprovidedȱonȱanȱ“asȱis”ȱandȱ“asȱavailable”ȱbasis.ȱExceptȱasȱmayȱbeȱstatedȱspecificallyȱinȱyourȱcontract,ȱStratasysȱLtd.ȱexpresslyȱdisclaimsȱallȱwarrantiesȱofȱanyȱkind,ȱwhetherȱexpressȱorȱimplied,ȱincluding,ȱbutȱnotȱlimitedȱto,ȱanyȱimpliedȱwarrantiesȱofȱmerchantability,ȱfitnessȱforȱaȱparticularȱpurposeȱandȱnonȬinfringement.YouȱunderstandȱandȱagreeȱthatȱStratasysȱLtd.ȱshallȱnotȱbeȱliableȱforȱanyȱdirect,ȱindirect,ȱincidental,ȱspecial,ȱconsequentialȱorȱexemplaryȱdamages,ȱincludingȱbutȱnotȱlimitedȱto,ȱdamagesȱforȱlossȱofȱprofits,ȱgoodwill,ȱuse,ȱdataȱorȱotherȱintangibleȱlossesȱ(evenȱifȱStratasysȱhasȱbeenȱadvisedȱofȱtheȱpossibilityȱofȱsuchȱdamages),ȱresultingȱfrom:ȱ(i)ȱtheȱuseȱorȱtheȱinabilityȱtoȱuseȱtheȱproductȱorȱsoftware;ȱ(ii)ȱtheȱcostȱofȱprocurementȱofȱsubstituteȱgoodsȱandȱservicesȱresultingȱfromȱanyȱproducts,ȱgoods,ȱdata,ȱsoftware,ȱinformationȱorȱservicesȱpurchased;ȱ(iii)ȱunauthorizedȱaccessȱtoȱorȱalterationȱofȱyourȱproducts,ȱsoftwareȱorȱdata;ȱ(iv)ȱstatementsȱorȱconductȱofȱanyȱthirdȱparty;ȱ(v)ȱanyȱotherȱmatterȱrelatingȱtoȱtheȱproduct,ȱsoftware,ȱorȱservices.ȱTheȱtextȱandȱdrawingsȱhereinȱareȱforȱillustrationȱandȱreferenceȱonly.ȱTheȱspecificationsȱonȱwhichȱtheyȱareȱbasedȱareȱsubjectȱtoȱchange.ȱStratasysȱLtd.ȱmay,ȱatȱanyȱtimeȱandȱwithoutȱnotice,ȱmakeȱchangesȱtoȱthisȱdocument.ȱStratasysȱLtd.,ȱforȱitselfȱandȱonȱbehalfȱofȱitsȱsubsidiaries,ȱassumesȱnoȱliabilityȱforȱtechnicalȱorȱeditorialȱerrorsȱorȱomissionsȱmadeȱherein,ȱandȱshallȱnotȱbeȱliableȱforȱincidental,ȱconsequential,ȱindirect,ȱorȱspecialȱdamages,ȱincluding,ȱwithoutȱlimitation,ȱlossȱofȱuse,ȱlossȱorȱalterationȱofȱdata,ȱdelays,ȱorȱlostȱprofitsȱorȱsavingsȱarisingȱfromȱtheȱuseȱofȱthisȱdocument.
ivPatents ThisȱproductȱisȱcoveredȱbyȱoneȱorȱmoreȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱU.S.ȱpatents:5,386,5006,259,9626,569,3736,658,3146,850,3347,183,3357,209,7977,225,0457,364,6867,369,9157,479,5107,500,8467,604,7687,628,8577,658,9767,725,209StratasysȱLtd.ȱhttp://www.stratasys.comDOCȬ08010RevisionȱAȱ(DRAFTȱ1a)Juneȱ2015
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)1AboutȱThisȱGuideUsingȱThisȱGuide............................................................................................................................... 1–2ForȱMoreȱInformation........................................................................................................................ 1–2TermsȱUsedȱinȱThisȱGuide................................................................................................................ 1–32 SafetySafetyȱFeatures ................................................................................................................................... 2–2SymbolsȱandȱWarningȱLabels .......................................................................................................... 2–3SafetyȱGuidelines............................................................................................................................... 2–4PrinterȱInstallation.............................................................................................................................. 2–4PrinterȱOperation................................................................................................................................ 2–4UVȱRadiation....................................................................................................................................... 2–4PrinterȱMaintenance........................................................................................................................... 2–4ModelȱandȱSupportȱMaterials........................................................................................................... 2–5UVȱLamps ............................................................................................................................................ 2–5FirstȱAidȱforȱWorkingȱwithȱPrintingȱMaterials.............................................................................. 2–6ContactȱwithȱSkin................................................................................................................................ 2–6ContactȱwithȱEyes............................................................................................................................... 2–6Ingestion............................................................................................................................................... 2–6Inhalation............................................................................................................................................. 2–6WasteȱDisposal................................................................................................................................... 2–73 IntroducingȱtheȱStratasysȱP750Kȱ3D PrintingȱSystemWelcomeȱtoȱConnex........................................................................................................................... 3–2WorkȱConfigurations......................................................................................................................... 3–2SourceȱFiles......................................................................................................................................... 3–3STLȱFiles............................................................................................................................................... 3–3SLCȱFiles............................................................................................................................................... 3–3ConnexȱWorkflows............................................................................................................................ 3–4PrintingȱMaterials.............................................................................................................................. 3–5Storage.................................................................................................................................................. 3–5ShelfȱLife............................................................................................................................................... 3–5ExposureȱtoȱLight................................................................................................................................ 3–5SafetyȱConsiderations......................................................................................................................... 3–6Disposal................................................................................................................................................ 3–6WorkȱEnvironment............................................................................................................................ 3–6WorkstationȱRequirements............................................................................................................... 3–7PreparingȱFilesȱforȱUseȱwithȱObjetȱ3DȱPrintingȱSystems............................................................. 3–8ConvertingȱCADȱFilesȱtoȱSTLȱFormat.............................................................................................. 3–8ConvertingȱCADȱFilesȱtoȱSLCȱFormat ............................................................................................. 3–8ObjetȱStudioȱSoftware ....................................................................................................................... 3–94 InstallingȱObjetȱSoftwareHowȱtoȱInstallȱSoftwareȱforȱtheȱStratasysȱ3D Printing System................................................... 4–2HowȱtoȱUninstallȱObjetȱStudio......................................................................................................... 4–6Contents
Stratasys P750K User Guide vi5UsingȱObjetȱStudioLaunchingȱObjetȱStudio ....................................................................................................................5–3Windows®ȱ7ȱSecurityȱWarning.........................................................................................................5–3ObjetȱStudioȱInterface .........................................................................................................................5–4RibbonȱCommands..............................................................................................................................5–6ObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱMenu.........................................................................................................5–8ModelȱTreeȱPane..................................................................................................................................5–8PreparingȱModelsȱforȱProduction....................................................................................................5–9OBJDFȱFiles:ȱOverview.......................................................................................................................5–9Model Files ...........................................................................................................................................5–9PlacingȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray...................................................................................................5–10OpeningȱObjetȱTrayȱFiles..................................................................................................................5–14QuickȬAccessȱModelȱCommands....................................................................................................5–16CopyingȱandȱPastingȱObjects...........................................................................................................5–17SelectingȱObjects................................................................................................................................5–18SplittingȱObjectsȱintoȱComponents.................................................................................................5–19ModelȬMaterialȱSettings...................................................................................................................5–20ChangingȱtheȱModelȱMaterial..........................................................................................................5–21AssigningȱaȱModelȱMaterialȱtoȱObjects..........................................................................................5–22SurfaceȱFinish.....................................................................................................................................5–23CoatingȱObjects..................................................................................................................................5–23AssigningȱPropertiesȱtoȱHiddenȱObjects........................................................................................5–24PositioningȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray ..........................................................................................5–25AutomaticȱOrientation......................................................................................................................5–25AutomaticȱPlacement........................................................................................................................5–26ManualȱPositioning...........................................................................................................................5–26ModelȱOrientation............................................................................................................................5–26ManipulatingȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray......................................................................................5–27PositioningȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱZȬAxis...................................................................................................5–27ValidȱObjectȱPlacement.....................................................................................................................5–28UsingȱaȱGridȱtoȱPositionȱObjects .....................................................................................................5–30MeasurementȱUnits...........................................................................................................................5–31SettingȱModelȱDimensions...............................................................................................................5–32RepositioningȱObjects.......................................................................................................................5–32ChangingȱanȱObject’sȱOrientation...................................................................................................5–34GroupingȱandȱUngroupingȱObjects................................................................................................5–36FreezingȱModelȱOrientation.............................................................................................................5–37DisplayȱOptions................................................................................................................................5–37ViewingȱObjects.................................................................................................................................5–37ScreenȱLayout.....................................................................................................................................5–39TrayȱPerspective ................................................................................................................................5–39SettingȱObjectȱColors.........................................................................................................................5–41LoadingȱLargeȱFiles...........................................................................................................................5–41LargeȱFileȱManipulation...................................................................................................................5–42ZoomȱOptions....................................................................................................................................5–44HandlingȱCompletedȱTrays............................................................................................................5–45TrayȱValidation..................................................................................................................................5–45ProductionȱEstimates........................................................................................................................5–46PrintingȱModes ..................................................................................................................................5–47EȬmailingȱObjetȱDigitalȱFiles............................................................................................................5–48PrintingȱtheȱTrayȱFile........................................................................................................................5–48ApplyingȱAdditionalȱObjetȱStudioȱFeatures................................................................................5–51DividingȱObjects................................................................................................................................5–51ChoosingȱtheȱSupportȱStrength.......................................................................................................5–52“Hollow”—ȱFillingȱModelsȱwithȱSupportȱMaterial......................................................................5–53DisplayingȱtheȱCrossȱSectionȱofȱObjects.........................................................................................5–54SavingȱtheȱScreenȱDisplayȱasȱanȱImage File ..................................................................................5–55ExportingȱandȱImportingȱObjetȱBuildȱTrays .................................................................................5–56
User GuideDOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) viiCustomizingȱObjetȱStudio .............................................................................................................. 5–57CreatingȱaȱQuickȱAccessȱToolbar.................................................................................................... 5–57HidingȱtheȱRibbon ............................................................................................................................ 5–58DisplayȱColors................................................................................................................................... 5–59KeyboardȱShortcuts.......................................................................................................................... 5–60SettingȱUserȱPreferences .................................................................................................................. 5–61ProfessionalȱModeȱFeatures........................................................................................................... 5–62DefaultȱSettings................................................................................................................................. 5–63OpenGLȱDriverȱConfiguration ....................................................................................................... 5–64GettingȱAdditionalȱObjetȱStudioȱAssistance................................................................................ 5–66ObjetȱStudioȱVersion,ȱMaterialȱModuleȱandȱLicensedȱFeatures............................................... 5–66MonitoringȱandȱManagingȱPrintȱJobs........................................................................................... 5–68JobȱManagerȱScreen.......................................................................................................................... 5–68SettingȱtheȱPrinterȱConnection........................................................................................................ 5–70OffȬlineȱMode .................................................................................................................................... 5–71SettingȱtheȱRemoteȱPrinterȱConnectionȱ(ClientȱMode)................................................................ 5–73JobȱManagerȱCommands................................................................................................................. 5–73ConfiguringȱUserȱAlerts................................................................................................................... 5–76PrintingȱtheȱTray............................................................................................................................... 5–77AdditionalȱServerȱFeatures.............................................................................................................. 5–776 Operatingȱ&ȱMaintainingȱtheȱStratasysȱP750Kȱ3D PrinterStartingȱtheȱPrinter ............................................................................................................................ 6–2LoadingȱModelȱandȱSupportȱCartridges........................................................................................ 6–4ProducingȱModels.............................................................................................................................. 6–5PreparingȱtheȱPrinter.......................................................................................................................... 6–5PrinterȱInterfaceȱColor Key................................................................................................................ 6–7PrintingȱIndicators.............................................................................................................................. 6–8ResumingȱProductionȱAfterȱPrintingȱhasȱStopped....................................................................... 6–9ChangingȱtheȱPrintingȱMaterial..................................................................................................... 6–11AdvancedȱSettings............................................................................................................................ 6–14KeepingȱtheȱPrinterȱinȱIdleȱMode.................................................................................................. 6–16ShuttingȱDownȱtheȱPrinter ............................................................................................................. 6–17MaintainingȱtheȱPrinter................................................................................................................... 6–19RoutineȱMaintenanceȱSchedule....................................................................................................... 6–19UVȱLampȱCheck................................................................................................................................ 6–20CleaningȱtheȱPrintȱHeadsȱandȱtheȱRoller....................................................................................... 6–20CleaningȱandȱReplacingȱtheȱWiper ................................................................................................ 6–23PatternȱTest........................................................................................................................................ 6–25ImprovingȱPrintȱQuality.................................................................................................................. 6–26CleaningȱtheȱRollerȱWasteȱCollectorȱandȱInspectingȱtheȱRollerȱScraper .................................. 6–27ReplacingȱtheȱRollerȱScraper........................................................................................................... 6–30AligningȱtheȱPrintȱHeads................................................................................................................. 6–32Optimizingȱ(Calibrating)ȱPrintȱHeads........................................................................................... 6–35ReplacingȱPrint Heads...................................................................................................................... 6–42TestingȱandȱCalibratingȱtheȱUVȱLamps......................................................................................... 6–53CalibratingȱtheȱLoadȱCells............................................................................................................... 6–59ReplacingȱtheȱOdorȱFilter ................................................................................................................ 6–61ReplacingȱtheȱUVȱLamps................................................................................................................. 6–61BuiltȬinȱTests...................................................................................................................................... 6–66ReplacingȱtheȱWasteȱContainer....................................................................................................... 6–71CleaningȱtheȱExteriorȱPanels........................................................................................................... 6–737 HandlingȱPrintedȱModelsRemovingȱModelsȱAfterȱPrinting.................................................................................................... 7–2RemovingȱtheȱSupportȱMaterial...................................................................................................... 7–2
Stratasys P750K User Guide viiiPostȬPrintingȱTreatmentȱforȱModelsȱPrintedȱwithȱObjetȱVeroClear...........................................7–4PhotoȬBleachingȱInstructions.............................................................................................................7–4StoringȱModels ...................................................................................................................................7–5
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 1–1About This GuideUsingȱThisȱGuide................................................................................. 2ForȱMoreȱInformation......................................................................... 2TermsȱUsedȱinȱThisȱGuide.................................................................. 3
About This Guide1–2 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Using This GuideThisȱuserȱguideȱprovidesȱinstructionsȱforȱinstalling,ȱoperatingȱandȱmaintainingȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprintingȱsystems.ȱItȱexplainsȱhowȱtoȱuseȱfeatures,ȱandȱprovidesȱpracticalȱexamplesȱtoȱguideȱyouȱasȱyouȱuseȱtheȱsystem.Theȱtextȱandȱfiguresȱinȱthisȱguideȱareȱbasedȱonȱtheȱ3Dȱprinter,ȱprinterȱsoftwareȱversionȱ85.1.0ȱandȱObjetȱStudioȱsoftwareȱversionȱ9.2.Thisȱguideȱassumesȱthat—•allȱtheȱhardware,ȱsoftware,ȱandȱnetworkȱcomponentsȱofȱyourȱStratasysȱsystemȱareȱinstalled,ȱconfigured,ȱandȱoperatingȱcorrectly.•theȱoperatorȱhasȱaȱworkingȱknowledgeȱofȱtheȱWindows®ȱPCȱplatform.For More InformationVisitȱhttp://www.stratasys.com/ȱforȱmoreȱdetailsȱaboutȱObjetȱprinterȱtechnology,ȱproductsȱandȱconsumables,ȱandȱforȱserviceȱandȱsupportȱcontacts.ForȱotherȱdocumentsȱthatȱrelateȱtoȱStratasysȱP750Kȱ3Dȱprintingȱsystems,ȱandȱforȱthisȱdocumentȱinȱotherȱlanguages,ȱcontactȱyourȱregionalȱStratasysȱCustomerȱSupportȱoffice.Ifȱyouȱhaveȱanyȱquestionsȱaboutȱtheȱinformationȱpresentedȱinȱthisȱdocument,ȱorȱifȱyouȱhaveȱanyȱcommentsȱorȱsuggestionsȱforȱfutureȱeditions,ȱpleaseȱsendȱaȱmessageȱtoȱcȬsupport@stratasys.com.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 1–3Stratasys P750K User GuideTerms Used in This Guidebuildȱtray InȱObjetȱStudio:ȱTheȱsurfaceȱdisplayedȱonȱtheȱscreenȱthatȱrepresentsȱtheȱactualȱbuildȱtrayȱinȱtheȱprinter.Inȱtheȱprinter:ȱTheȱsurfaceȱuponȱwhichȱmodelsȱareȱproduced.cleaningȱfluid Cleanserȱforȱflushingȱmaterialȱfeedȱtubesȱandȱtheȱprintingȱblock,ȱusedȱtoȱcompletelyȱremoveȱModelȱandȱSupportȱmaterialȱfromȱtheȱsystemȱbeforeȱloadingȱanotherȱtypeȱofȱmaterialȱinȱtheȱprinterȱandȱbeforeȱlongȬtermȱshutdown.ȱTheȱcleaningȱfluidȱisȱsuppliedȱinȱstandardȱmaterialȱcartridges.client/userȱworkstation TheȱworkstationȱonȱwhichȱObjetȱsoftwareȱisȱinstalled,ȱusedȱforȱpreparingȱbuildȱtraysȱforȱproductionȱonȱObjetȱprinters.ȱ(Thereȱisȱnoȱlimitȱtoȱtheȱnumberȱofȱclientȱworkstationsȱinȱtheȱlocalȱnetwork.)Connex™ Theȱtechnologyȱofȱprintingȱmodelsȱbyȱjettingȱmultipleȱmaterialsȱsimultaneouslyȱfromȱtheȱprintȱheads.ȱThisȱtechnologyȱenablesȱStratasysȱP750KȱprintersȱtoȱprintȱinȱDigitalȱMaterialȱmode.DigitalȱMaterial™ Combinationsȱofȱmodelȱmaterialsȱfabricatedȱinȱtheȱprinterȱfromȱtheȱtwoȱbasicȱmodelȱmaterialsȱinstalled.DigitalȱMaterialȱMode Theȱprinterȱmodeȱusedȱtoȱprintȱaȱjobȱusingȱtwoȱdifferentȱmodelȱmaterials.ȱ(ThisȱmodeȱcanȱalsoȱbeȱusedȱtoȱeliminateȱtheȱneedȱforȱperformingȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱprocedureȱwhenȱprintingȱwithȱaȱsingleȱmodelȱmaterial.)host/serverȱworkstation TheȱworkstationȱthatȱinterfacesȱdirectlyȱwithȱtheȱStratasysȱprinterȱandȱisȱtypicallyȱpositionedȱnextȱtoȱit.JobȱManager™ TheȱpartȱofȱObjetȱStudioȱsoftwareȱthatȱmanagesȱproductionȱjobsȱbeforeȱtheyȱareȱsentȱtoȱtheȱStratasysȱprinter.ȱmixedȱpart Modelsȱwhoseȱpartsȱareȱprintedȱusingȱmoreȱthanȱoneȱmodelȱmaterial.mixedȱtray Aȱbuildȱtrayȱcontainingȱobjects,ȱeachȱofȱwhichȱisȱdesignedȱtoȱbeȱprintedȱusingȱaȱdifferentȱmodelȱmaterial.Modelȱmaterial Materialȱusedȱforȱbuildingȱmodels.ObjetȱStudio™ Theȱsoftwareȱwithȱwhichȱusersȱprepareȱjobsȱforȱproducingȱmodels.OBJDFȱ(ObjetȱDigitalȱFormat) Theȱextensionȱofȱaȱfileȱthatȱcontainsȱinformationȱaboutȱtheȱgeometryȱofȱanȱobjectȱandȱtheȱmaterialsȱrequiredȱtoȱprintȱit.ȱobjdfȱfilesȱareȱcreatedȱinȱObjetȱStudio.OBJTFȱ(ObjetȱTrayȱFormat) TheȱextensionȱofȱaȱfileȱthatȱcontainsȱallȱofȱtheȱinformationȱneededȱforȱaȱmodelȬprintingȱjobȱonȱObjetȱ3Dȱprinters.ȱAnȱobjtfȱfileȱisȱusedȱtoȱsendȱaȱprintȱjobȱtoȱanȱObjetȱ3Dȱprinter.
About This Guide1–4 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)OBJZFȱ(ObjetȱZȱFormat) Theȱextensionȱofȱaȱcompressedȱ“wrapper”ȱfileȱcontainingȱallȱofȱtheȱfilesȱusedȱinȱanȱObjetȱStudioȱbuildȱtray.ȱUsingȱobjzfȱfiles,ȱaȱprintingȱjobȱcanȱbeȱsavedȱasȱaȱsingleȱfile,ȱforȱconvenientȱstorageȱandȱtransfer.Objet™ȱprinter TheȱObjetȱ3Dȱprinterȱreferredȱtoȱinȱthisȱguide.Printerȱcomputer TheȱcomputerȱinsideȱtheȱStratasysȱprinterȱthatȱoperatesȱit.ȱ(Thisȱisȱsometimesȱreferredȱtoȱasȱtheȱ“embedded”ȱcomputer.)Printerȱinterface TheȱGUIȱ(graphicalȱuserȱinterface)ȱusedȱforȱcontrollingȱtheȱStratasysȱprinter.Printerȱsoftware SoftwareȱrunningȱonȱtheȱcomputerȱinsideȱtheȱStratasysȱprinter,ȱthatȱcontrolsȱallȱprinterȱoperations.resin TheȱbaseȱsubstanceȱfromȱwhichȱphotopolymerȱprintingȱmaterialsȱareȱmadeȱforȱuseȱinȱStratasysȱprinters.ȱInȱObjetȱStudioȱandȱprinterȬapplicationȱscreens,ȱ“resin”ȱrefersȱtoȱcartridgesȱofȱmodelȱandȱsupportȱmaterials.SLC AȱfileȱtypeȱusedȱwithȱObjetȱsoftware.ȱ(Theseȱfilesȱareȱbitmapsȱofȱindividualȱslicesȱofȱtheȱobject.ȱForȱmoreȱinformation,ȱseeȱpage 3Ȭ3.)STL AȱfileȱtypeȱusedȱwithȱObjetȱsoftware.ȱ(Forȱmoreȱinformation,ȱseeȱpage 3Ȭ3.)Supportȱmaterial Materialȱusedȱforȱsupportingȱtheȱstructureȱofȱmodelsȱduringȱproduction.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 2–1SafetySafetyȱFeatures............................................................................................. 2SymbolsȱandȱWarningȱLabels.................................................................... 3SafetyȱGuidelines......................................................................................... 4PrinterȱInstallation .........................................................................................4PrinterȱOperation ...........................................................................................4UVȱRadiation ..................................................................................................4PrinterȱMaintenance ......................................................................................4ModelȱandȱSupportȱMaterials ......................................................................5UVȱLamps........................................................................................................5FirstȱAidȱforȱWorkingȱwithȱPrintingȱMaterials ....................................... 6WasteȱDisposal............................................................................................. 7
Safety2–2 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Safety FeaturesStratasysȱ3DȱprintersȱareȱdesignedȱtoȱcomplyȱwithȱCEȱandȱFCCȱstandards.ȱTheyȱareȱequippedȱwithȱtheȱfollowingȱsafetyȱfeatures:CoverȱInterlockȱSwitch TheȱpowerȱsuppliedȱtoȱtheȱUVȱlampȱandȱtheȱmotionȱmotorsȱisȱturnedȱoffȱwhenȱtheȱcoverȱisȱopened.WARNING:ȱDoȱnotȱdefeatȱ(override)ȱtheȱinterlockȱswitch.ȱDoingȱsoȱcouldȱresultȱinȱseriousȱpersonalȱinjury.ȱIfȱtheȱinterlockȱswitchȱdoesȱnotȱfunctionȱcorrectly,ȱdoȱnotȱuseȱtheȱprinter,ȱandȱcontactȱyourȱserviceȱprovider.SafetyȱLock Theȱcoverȱisȱlockedȱwhileȱtheȱprinterȱisȱworking.ȱTheȱlockȱisȱreleasedȱwhenȱtheȱprinterȱrevertsȱtoȱpauseȱorȱstopȱmode.WARNING:ȱDoȱnotȱdefeatȱ(override)ȱtheȱsafetyȱlock.ȱDoingȱsoȱcouldȱresultȱinȱseriousȱpersonalȱinjury.ȱIfȱtheȱsafetyȱlockȱdoesȱnotȱfunctionȱcorrectly,ȱdoȱnotȱuseȱtheȱprinter,ȱandȱcontactȱyourȱserviceȱprovider.UVȱScreeningȱTheȱtransparentȱsectionȱofȱtheȱcoverȱblocksȱharmfulȱUVȱradiation,ȱallowingȱtheȱoperatorȱtoȱviewȱtheȱmodelȱasȱitȱisȱbeingȱmade.CircuitȱBreaker Theȱpowerȱtoȱtheȱprinterȱisȱturnedȱoffȱinȱcaseȱofȱelectricalȱovercurrent.ȱNote: The circuit breaker is only accessible to service personnel.UVȬLampȱOverheatingȱProtectionTheȱpowerȱsuppliedȱtoȱtheȱUVȱlampȱandȱtheȱmotionȱmotorsȱisȱturnedȱoffȱifȱtheȱtemperatureȱaroundȱtheȱlampȱreachesȱ90ȱ°Cȱ(194ȱ°F).ȱAlabelonȱtheȱUVȬlampȱcoverȱindicatesȱifȱtheȱtemperatureȱhasȱexceededȱ65ȱ°Cȱ(150ȱ°F).GroundedȱChassis Theȱchassisȱofȱtheȱprinterȱisȱgrounded,ȱtoȱpreventȱelectricalȱshock.Note: The power outlet must be properly grounded, in accordance with the local electric code, to provide this protection.UV screenIf the Stratasys 3D printing system is not used as specified in this guide, the safety features may not provide adequate protection.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 2–3Stratasys P750K User GuideSymbols and Warning LabelsThisȱfollowingȱtableȱlistsȱtheȱwarningȱlabelsȱlocatedȱonȱorȱinȱStratasysȱprinters.Warning Symbol Meaning Location CommentsHazardȱ(general) Onȱtheȱnameȱplateȱonȱtheȱbackȱofȱtheȱprinter.Readȱtheȱinstructionsȱinȱthisȱdocumentȱbeforeȱoperatingȱtheȱprinter.HotȱsurfaceȱOnȱtheȱprintȬheadȱblock. Riskȱofȱburns.ȱDoȱnotȱtouchȱthisȱsurfaceȱafterȱprinting.HighȱvoltageȱNearȱtheȱUVȱlampȱconnectors.NearȱtheȱpowerȬsupplyȱenclosures.Riskȱofȱelectricȱshock.Ultravioletȱradiation NearȱtheȱUVȱlamps. Riskȱofȱinjuryȱfromȱultravioletȱradiation.
Safety2–4 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Safety GuidelinesTheȱfollowingȱgeneralȱguidelines,ȱtogetherȱwithȱtheȱinstructionsȱprovidedȱthroughoutȱthisȱuserȱguide,ȱensureȱuserȱsafetyȱwhileȱoperatingȱandȱmaintainingȱtheȱsystem.ȱIfȱtheȱsystemȱisȱnotȱoperatedȱasȱspecified,ȱtheȱuserȇsȱsafetyȱmayȱbeȱcompromised.PrinterInstallation ¾Installationȱandȱremovalȱofȱtheȱprinterȱshouldȱonlyȱbeȱdoneȱbyȱqualifiedȱserviceȱpersonnel.ȱ¾Connectȱtheȱprinterȱ(andȱtheȱUPSȱunit)ȱtoȱtheȱelectricȱoutletȱusingȱaȱpowerȱcordȱthatȱisȱsafetyȬcertified.¾Theȱelectricȱoutletȱshouldȱbeȱeasilyȱaccessible,ȱnearȱtheȱprinter.¾Neverȱconnectȱtheȱpowerȱplugȱtoȱanȱoutletȱthatȱdoesȱnotȱhaveȱaȱgroundȱ(earth)ȱwire,ȱandȱneverȱdisconnectȱtheȱground.ȱDoingȱsoȱmightȱexposeȱtheȱoperatorȱtoȱseriousȱdangerȱfromȱelectricȱshock.¾TheȱfollowingȱsafetyȱstatementȱisȱfollowedȱbyȱtranslationsȱtoȱFinish,ȱNorwegian,ȱSwedishȱandȱDanish,ȱasȱrequiredȱbyȱlocalȱregulations:“Theȱmachineȱmustȱbeȱconnectedȱtoȱaȱgroundedȱpowerȱoutlet.”FI:ȱLaiteȱonȱliitettäväȱsuojakoskettimillaȱvarustettuunȱpistorasiaan.NO:ȱApparatetȱmåȱtilkoplesȱjordetȱstikkontakt.SE:ȱApparatenȱskallȱanslutasȱtillȱjordatȱuttag.DK:ȱApparatetsȱstikpropȱskalȱtilsluttesȱenȱstikkontaktȱmedȱjord,ȱsomȱgiverȱforbindelseȱtilȱstikproppensȱjord.¾Leaveȱaȱminimumȱofȱ15ȱcentimetersȱbetweenȱventilationȱopeningsȱandȱwallsȱorȱotherȱobjects.PrinterOperation ¾TheȱprinterȱshouldȱonlyȱbeȱoperatedȱbyȱpersonsȱtrainedȱbyȱaȱStratasysȱcustomerȬsupportȱrepresentative.¾Allȱpersonnelȱoperatingȱorȱmaintainingȱtheȱprinterȱshouldȱknowȱtheȱlocationȱofȱfirstȱaidȱandȱemergencyȱequipmentȱandȱhowȱtoȱuseȱit.ȱNeverȱblockȱaccessȱtoȱthisȱequipment.¾Keepȱfingersȱandȱotherȱbodyȱpartsȱclearȱofȱtheȱprinterȱcoverȱwhenȱclosingȱit.¾Neverȱattemptȱtoȱopenȱtheȱprinterȱcoverȱwhileȱitȱisȱworking.¾Neverȱoverrideȱtheȱinterlockȱsafetyȱswitch.¾Ifȱtheȱinterlockȱsafetyȱswitchȱeverȱfails,ȱdoȱnotȱuseȱtheȱprinter.ȱ¾Severalȱpartsȱofȱtheȱprinterȱremainȱextremelyȱhotȱevenȱafterȱitȱhasȱstoppedȱoperating.ȱAvoidȱtouchingȱtheȱUVȱlampsȱandȱtheȱprintȱblock.UV Radiation TheȱUVȱlampsȱusedȱinȱtheȱprinterȱemitȱdangerousȱradiation.ȱ¾IfȱtheȱUVȱlampsȱremainȱonȱwhenȱtheȱprinterȱisȱopen,ȱdoȱnotȱstareȱdirectlyȱatȱtheȱUVȱlight.ȱShutȱdownȱtheȱprinterȱandȱcallȱyourȱStratasysȱserviceȱprovider.PrinterMaintenance ¾Serviceȱoperationsȱshouldȱbeȱperformedȱonlyȱbyȱqualifiedȱpersonnelȱwhoȱhaveȱbeenȱinstructedȱinȱrelevantȱsafetyȱprecautions.¾NotifyȱcoȬworkersȱandȱthoseȱwhoȱhaveȱaccessȱtoȱtheȱStratasysȱsystemȱbeforeȱbeginningȱnonȬroutineȱandȱhazardousȱwork.Report any potential dangers and safety-related accidents to your safety officer or to other appropriate authorities.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 2–5Stratasys P750K User GuideModel and SupportMaterialsModelȱandȱsupportȱmaterialsȱareȱmadeȱofȱchemicalȱsubstances.ȱAlthoughȱprecautionsȱmustȱbeȱtakenȱwhenȱhandlingȱtheseȱmaterialsȱdirectly,ȱallȱmodelȱandȱsupportȱmaterialsȱusedȱbyȱtheȱStratasysȱsystemȱareȱhandledȱinȱsealedȱcartridges.ȱNormally,ȱoperatorsȱofȱtheȱprinterȱshouldȱneverȱbeȱdirectlyȱexposedȱtoȱhazardousȱmaterials.ȱInȱtheȱunlikelyȱeventȱofȱaȱleakȱorȱspill,ȱfollowȱtheȱinstructionsȱthatȱareȱincludedȱwithȱtheȱprintingȬmaterialȱcartridgeȱused.¾Storeȱmodelȱandȱsupportȱmaterialsȱindoors,ȱinȱaȱdryȱareaȱwithȱadequateȱventilation,ȱbetweenȱ16Ȭ27ȱdegreesȱCelsiusȱ(60Ȭ81ȱdegreesȱFahrenheit).ȱNeverȱexposeȱthemȱtoȱflames,ȱheat,ȱsparks,ȱorȱdirectȱsunlight.¾Keepȱmodelȱandȱsupportȱmaterialsȱawayȱfromȱareasȱwhereȱfoodȱandȱdrinkȱareȱstored,ȱpreparedȱandȱconsumed.¾Uncuredȱprintingȱmaterialȱisȱconsideredȱaȱhazardousȱsubstance,ȱrequiringȱcertainȱprecautionsȱwhenȱdirectlyȱhandlingȱit.ȱToȱpreventȱskinȱirritation,ȱwearȱneopreneȱorȱnitrileȱgloves.ȱIfȱthereȱisȱanyȱchanceȱthatȱmodelȱandȱsupportȱmaterialsȱmightȱsplashȱintoȱtheȱeyes,ȱwearȱsafetyȱgoggles.ȱProlongedȱdirectȱcontactȱwithȱprintingȱmaterialsȱcanȱcauseȱanȱallergicȱreaction.¾WhenȱhandlingȱUVȬcuredȱmodelsȱthatȱmayȱnotȱbeȱcompletelyȱcuredȱonȱtheȱsurface,ȱcommonȱlatexȱglovesȱareȱadequate.ȱ¾Toȱpreventȱrespiratoryȱirritation,ȱventilateȱareasȱwhereȱmodelȱandȱsupportȱmaterialsȱareȱused.ȱIfȱtheȱprinterȱisȱnotȱequippedȱwithȱanȱexhaustȱduct,ȱtheȱroomȱventilationȱsystemȱshouldȱreplaceȱtheȱairȱatȱleastȱ20ȱtimesȱperȱhour.ȱ¾CleanȱupȱmodelȬmaterialȱandȱsupportȬmaterialȱspillsȱwithȱdisposableȱtowelsȱorȱotherȱabsorbent,ȱnonȬreusableȱmaterial,ȱsuchȱasȱsawdustȱorȱactivatedȱcharcoal.ȱRinseȱtheȱspillȱareaȱwithȱdenaturedȱorȱisopropylȱalcoholȱ(IPA),ȱfollowedȱbyȱsoapȱandȱwater.ȱDisposeȱofȱtheȱabsorbentȱmaterialȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱlocalȱregulations.¾Doȱnotȱwashȱcontaminatedȱclothingȱatȱhome;ȱclothingȱshouldȱbeȱprofessionallyȱlaundered.¾Disposeȱofȱcontaminatedȱshoes,ȱbeltsȱandȱotherȱleatherȱitemsȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱanyȱapplicableȱregulations.ȱAbsorbedȱprintingȱmaterialȱmayȱreȬexposeȱtheȱuserȱwhenȱtheseȱitemsȱareȱworn.UV Lamps UVȱlampsȱusedȱbyȱtheȱprinterȱtoȱcureȱprintingȱmaterialsȱcontainȱaȱsmallȱamountȱofȱmercury.ȱInȱtheȱunlikelyȱeventȱofȱlampȱbreakage,ȱavoidȱinhalingȱmercuryȱvapor,ȱandȱventilateȱtheȱroom.ȱIfȱtheȱlampȱrupturesȱ(breaks)ȱduringȱoperation,ȱleaveȱtheȱroomȱandȱventilateȱitȱthoroughlyȱ(forȱaboutȱ30ȱminutes).ȱUseȱprotectiveȱglovesȱtoȱpreventȱcontactȱwithȱmercuryȱandȱotherȱlampȱcomponents.ȱCarefullyȱremoveȱspilledȱmercuryȱwithȱaȱmethodȱthatȱpreventsȱtheȱgenerationȱofȱmercuryȱvapor,ȱsuchȱasȱaȱsyringe,ȱpackingȱtapeȱorȱpaper.ȱPlaceȱtheȱbrokenȱlamp,ȱmercuryȱandȱcontaminatedȱmaterialsȱinȱanȱairȬtight,ȱnonȬmetallicȱcontainer.ȱDisposeȱofȱtheȱcontainerȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱapplicableȱregulations.
Safety2–6 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)First Aid for Working with Printing MaterialsInȱgeneral,ȱtryȱtoȱavoidȱdirectȱcontactȱwithȱuncuredȱprintingȱmaterial.ȱIfȱskinȱorȱeyesȱcomeȱintoȱcontactȱwithȱit,ȱwashȱtheȱareaȱimmediatelyȱandȱthoroughlyȱwithȱwater,ȱandȱfollowȱtheseȱfirstȬaidȱinstructions.Contact with Skin Ifȱuncuredȱprintingȱmaterialȱcomesȱinȱcontactȱwithȱskin,ȱwashȱtheȱaffectedȱareaȱimmediatelyȱandȱthoroughlyȱwithȱsoapȱandȱcoolȱwater,ȱthenȱremoveȱcontaminatedȱclothing.ȱPayȱparticularȱattentionȱtoȱflushingȱtheȱhair,ȱears,ȱnoseȱandȱotherȱpartsȱofȱtheȱbodyȱthatȱareȱnotȱeasilyȱcleaned.ȱ¾Useȱcoolȱwaterȱtoȱpreventȱskinȱporesȱfromȱopening,ȱsoȱthatȱtheȱliquidȱmaterialȱdoesȱnotȱeasilyȱpenetrateȱtheȱskin.ȱ¾Doȱnotȱuseȱsolventsȱtoȱcleanȱskin.ȱ¾Ifȱlargeȱareasȱofȱskinȱhaveȱbeenȱexposed,ȱorȱifȱprolongedȱcontactȱresultsȱinȱblisters,ȱseekȱmedicalȱattention.ȱInȱanyȱcase,ȱifȱirritationȱpersists,ȱseekȱmedicalȱattention.¾Avoidȱtheȱaccidentalȱtransferȱofȱprintingȱmaterialȱfromȱtheȱhandsȱtoȱotherȱareasȱofȱtheȱbody,ȱespeciallyȱtoȱtheȱeyes.ȱ¾Ifȱprotectiveȱcreamȱwasȱused,ȱdoȱnotȱreapplyȱitȱuntilȱtheȱskinȱhasȱbeenȱcompletelyȱcleansed.Contact with Eyes Ifȱuncuredȱprintingȱmaterialȱcomesȱinȱcontactȱwithȱtheȱeyes,ȱflushȱimmediatelyȱwithȱlargeȱamountsȱofȱwaterȱforȱ15ȱminutesȱandȱseekȱmedicalȱattention.ȱ¾Avoidȱsunlight,ȱfluorescentȱlight,ȱandȱotherȱsourcesȱofȱultravioletȱradiation.Wearingȱcontactȱlensesȱwhenȱhandlingȱliquidȱprintingȱmaterialsȱisȱnotȱrecommended.ȱIfȱtheȱliquidȱsplashesȱintoȱtheȱeyesȱwhenȱcontactȱlensesȱareȱworn,ȱimmediatelyȱremoveȱtheȱlensesȱandȱflushȱtheȱeyesȱwithȱwater.ȱ¾Cleanȱandȱdisinfectȱtheȱcontaminatedȱlenses.¾Doȱnotȱwearȱcontactȱlensesȱuntilȱeyeȱirritationȱdisappears.Ingestion Ifȱprintingȱmaterialȱisȱswallowed,ȱreferȱtoȱtheȱinstructionsȱincludedȱwithȱtheȱcartridge.ȱSeekȱmedicalȱattentionȱimmediately.Inhalation Vaporsȱfromȱprintingȱmaterialsȱcanȱbeȱirritatingȱtoȱtheȱrespiratoryȱsystem.ȱIfȱrespiratoryȱirritationȱoccurs,ȱexposeȱtheȱvictimȱtoȱfreshȱairȱimmediately.¾Ifȱtheȱvictimȱhasȱstoppedȱbreathing,ȱperformȱartificialȱrespirationȱorȱcardiopulmonaryȱresuscitation.ȱ¾Seekȱmedicalȱattentionȱimmediately.¾Keepȱtheȱvictimȱwarmȱbutȱnotȱhot.ȱ¾Neverȱfeedȱanythingȱbyȱmouthȱtoȱanȱunconsciousȱperson.¾Oxygenȱshouldȱbeȱadministeredȱbyȱauthorizedȱpersonnelȱonly.The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) that accompanies printing materials contains important safety information. Keep this in an accessible place where these materials are used and stored.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 2–7Stratasys P750K User GuideWaste Disposal Fullyȱcuredȱprintedȱmodelsȱcanȱbeȱdisposedȱofȱasȱordinaryȱofficeȱtrash.ȱHowever,ȱspecialȱcareȱisȱrequiredȱwhenȱhandlingȱprinterȱwasteȱ(uncuredȱprintingȱmaterial).Printing Materials ¾WhenȱremovingȱtheȱwasteȱcontainerȱfromȱtheȱStratasysȱprinter,ȱwearȱneopreneȱorȱnitrileȱgloves.¾Toȱpreventȱliquidȱwasteȱfromȱsplashingȱintoȱtheȱeyes,ȱwearȱsafetyȱgoggles.¾LiquidȱwasteȱfromȱtheȱStratasysȱprinterȱisȱclassifiedȱasȱhazardousȱindustrialȱwaste.ȱTherefore,ȱprintingȬmaterialȱwasteȱmustȱbeȱpackagedȱandȱdisposedȱofȱinȱaȱmannerȱthatȱpreventsȱhumanȱcontactȱwithȱitȱandȱcontaminationȱofȱwaterȱsources.¾EmptyȱmodelȬmaterialȱandȱsupportȬmaterialȱcartridgesȱcontainȱresidueȱofȱtheirȱcontents.ȱSomeȱleakageȱofȱthisȱresidueȱmayȱoccurȱthroughȱtheȱbrokenȱcartridgeȱseal.ȱTherefore,ȱhandleȱandȱstoreȱemptyȱcartridgesȱwithȱcare.ȱ¾Doȱnotȱattemptȱtoȱreuseȱemptyȱcartridges,ȱandȱdoȱnotȱpunctureȱthem.¾Disposeȱofȱusedȱcartridgesȱandȱwasteȱcontainersȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱlocalȱregulations.¾Discardȱcontaminatedȱclothing,ȱshoes,ȱemptyȱcontainers,ȱetc.,ȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱanyȱapplicableȱregulations.UV Lamps UVȱlampsȱusedȱbyȱtheȱprinterȱtoȱcureȱprintingȱmaterialsȱcontainȱaȱsmallȱamountȱofȱmercury,ȱandȱareȱconsideredȱ“UniversalȱWaste.”ȱRecycleȱorȱdiscardȱusedȱlampsȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱapplicableȱregulations.Brokenȱlamps:ȱAfterȱventilatingȱtheȱarea,ȱuseȱprotectiveȱglovesȱandȱcarefullyȱremoveȱspilledȱmercuryȱwithȱaȱmethodȱthatȱpreventsȱtheȱgenerationȱofȱmercuryȱvapor,ȱsuchȱasȱaȱsyringe,ȱpackingȱtapeȱorȱpaper.ȱPlaceȱtheȱbrokenȱlamp,ȱmercuryȱandȱcontaminatedȱmaterialsȱinȱanȱairȬtight,ȱnonȬmetallicȱcontainer.ȱDisposeȱofȱtheȱcontainerȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱapplicableȱregulations.
Safety2–8 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 3–1Introducing the Stratasys P750K3D Printing SystemWelcomeȱtoȱConnex .................................................................................... 2WorkȱConfigurations .................................................................................. 2SourceȱFiles................................................................................................... 3STLȱFiles ..........................................................................................................3SLCȱFiles..........................................................................................................3ConnexȱWorkflows...................................................................................... 4PrintingȱMaterials........................................................................................ 5Storage .............................................................................................................5ShelfȱLife..........................................................................................................5ExposureȱtoȱLight...........................................................................................5SafetyȱConsiderations....................................................................................6Disposal...........................................................................................................6WorkȱEnvironment...................................................................................... 6WorkstationȱRequirements ........................................................................ 7PreparingȱFilesȱforȱUseȱwithȱObjetȱ3DȱPrintingȱSystems ...................... 8ConvertingȱCADȱFilesȱtoȱSTLȱFormat.........................................................8ConvertingȱCADȱFilesȱtoȱSLCȱFormat.........................................................8ObjetȱStudioȱSoftware................................................................................. 9
Introducing the Stratasys P750K 3D Printing System3–2 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Welcome to ConnexTheȱadvancedȱcapabilitiesȱofȱConnex™ȱ3DȱprintingȱsystemsȱareȱmadeȱpossibleȱbyȱtechnologyȱspeciallyȱdevelopedȱbyȱStratasysȱforȱprintingȱmodelsȱsimultaneouslyȱwithȱdifferentȱmodelȱmaterials.ȱWithȱConnexȱprinters,ȱyouȱcanȱachieveȱtheȱfollowingȱresultsȱwhenȱprintingȱ3Dȱmodels:•Youȱcanȱprepareȱobjectsȱforȱprintingȱwithȱtwoȱdesignatedȱmodelȱmaterialsȱandȱthenȱprintȱthemȱatȱtheȱsameȱtime.ȱThisȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱassignȱspecificȱmechanicalȱandȱcolorȱpropertiesȱtoȱobjects.•Youȱcanȱprintȱpartsȱofȱtheȱsameȱmodel—simultaneously—withȱdifferentȱmaterialsȱ(orȱmaterialȱcombinations).•Youȱcanȱprintȱobjectsȱthatȱhaveȱaȱ“coating”ȱmadeȱfromȱaȱdifferentȱmaterialȱthanȱtheȱmainȱpartȱofȱtheȱobject.BecauseȱConnexȱprintersȱcanȱbeȱloadedȱwithȱdifferentȱmaterials,ȱyouȱcanȱstreamlineȱandȱeconomizeȱtheȱprocessȱofȱproducingȱmodels:•Printingȱmodelsȱmadeȱfromȱdifferentȱmaterialsȱonȱtheȱsameȱbuildȱtrayȱ(“mixedȱtray”),ȱinȱtheȱsameȱprintȱjob,ȱeliminatesȱtheȱtimeȬconsumingȱneedȱandȱexpenseȱofȱloadingȱanotherȱmaterial,ȱflushingȱtheȱsystem,ȱandȱsendingȱaȱseparateȱjobȱtoȱbeȱprinted.ObjetȱStudioȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱsplitȱmodelsȱintoȱcomponentȱpartsȱ(“shells”)ȱsoȱyouȱcanȱisolate,ȱmanipulateȱandȱprintȱpartsȱofȱaȱmodel.ȱThen,ȱyouȱcanȱassignȱmodelȱmaterialsȱandȱotherȱcharacteristicsȱtoȱtheȱshells.ȱHowever,ȱyouȱhaveȱultimateȱcontrolȱwhenȱseparatingȱmodelsȱintoȱshellsȱbyȱpreparingȱstlȱfilesȱwithȱyourȱCADȱsoftware.Figure 3-1: The Stratasys P750K 3D PrinterWork ConfigurationsTheȱStratasysȱ3DȱprintingȱsystemȱcanȱbeȱsetȱupȱasȱaȱsingleȬstationȱsystemȱorȱasȱaȱmultiȬstationȱsystem.ȱWhenȱconnectedȱtoȱaȱlocalȱcomputerȱnetwork,ȱtheȱsystemȱcanȱserveȱmultipleȱusers.ȱInȱsuchȱconfigurations,ȱeachȱuserȱworkstationȱ(client)ȱpreparesȱfilesȱwithȱObjetȱStudioȱsoftwareȱforȱproduction.ȱAȱserverȱ(host),ȱtypicallyȱnextȱtoȱtheȱ3Dȱprinter,ȱactsȱasȱaȱjobȱmanagerȱthatȱsendsȱproductionȱjobsȱtoȱtheȱprinterȱforȱproduction.ȱFigure 3Ȭ2ȱshowsȱtheȱprinterȱsetȱupȱinȱaȱmultiȬclientȱconfiguration.Figure 3-2: Multi-client network configurationWhenȱinstallingȱObjetȱStudio,ȱyouȱchooseȱwhetherȱtoȱinstallȱitȱasȱaȱclientȱstationȱorȱasȱaȱmasterȱstationȱ(serverȱorȱstandaloneȱstation).ObjetȱStudioȱarrangesȱtheȱjobsȱitȱreceivesȱaccordingȱtoȱtheirȱpriorities,ȱmodelȬmaterialȱtype,ȱandȱotherȱfactors.ȱInȱmultiȬworkstationȱconfigurations,ȱtheȱoperatorȱofȱtheȱserver—typicallyȱtheȱproductionȱadministrator—hasȱtotalȱcontrolȱoverȱtheȱjobsȱsentȱtoȱtheȱ3Dȱprinter,ȱandȱcanȱprioritizeȱandȱdeleteȱjobs,ȱreviewȱjobȱhistoryȱandȱreprintȱaȱjob,ȱandȱsoȱon.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 3–3Stratasys P750K User GuideSource Files Objetȱ3DȱprintingȱsystemsȱproduceȱthreeȬdimensionalȱmodelsȱdesignedȱwithȱmostȱ3DȱCADȱtoolsȱandȱwithȱotherȱjobȬspecificȱ3Dȱapplications.ȱStratasysȱsystemsȱaccept:•STLȱFiles•SLCȱFilesStratasysȱsystemsȱfeatureȱtheȱcapabilityȱofȱproducingȱdifferentȱtypesȱofȱmodelȱfilesȱsimultaneously.STL Files STLȱisȱshortȱforȱStandardȱTriangulationȱLanguage.ȱThisȱlanguageȱviewsȱanyȱobjectȱasȱaȱcollectionȱofȱsurfaces,ȱandȱdescribesȱeachȱsurfaceȱofȱtheȱobjectȱasȱaȱcollectionȱofȱtriangles.ȱForȱexample,ȱaȱsquareȱcanȱbeȱdescribedȱasȱtwoȱtriangles;ȱaȱcubeȱ(sixȱsquares)ȱasȱ12ȱtriangles.ȱCurvedȱsurfacesȱneedȱmoreȱtrianglesȱtoȱdescribeȱthem.ȱTheȱhigherȱtheȱtoleranceȱ(forȱsmoothȱsurfaces),ȱtheȱmoreȱtrianglesȱareȱneeded.ȱTheȱresultȱisȱthatȱhighȬqualityȱobjectȱdescriptionsȱmeanȱveryȱheavyȱfiles.ȱMostȱCADȱsoftwareȱcanȱexportȱSTLȱfiles.ȱTheȱStratasysȱsystemȱutilizesȱtheseȱfilesȱforȱbuildingȱmodelsȱ(rapidȱprototyping),ȱandȱalsoȱforȱdirectlyȱmakingȱmoldsȱforȱmassȬproducingȱitems.STLȱfilesȱcanȱbeȱASCIIȱ(text)ȱfilesȱorȱbinaryȱfiles.ȱTheȱcontentȱofȱtheȱASCIIȱfileȱbeginsȱwithȱ“solid”ȱandȱendsȱwithȱ“endȬsolid”ȱ(bothȱlowerȱcase).ȱBetweenȱtheseȱkeywordsȱisȱaȱlistȱofȱtheȱtrianglesȱthatȱdescribesȱtheȱfacesȱofȱtheȱsolidȱmodel.ȱEachȱtriangleȱdefinesȱaȱsingleȱnormalȱvectorȱdirectedȱawayȱfromȱtheȱsolid’sȱsurface,ȱfollowedȱbyȱitsȱXȬYȬZȱcoordinates.ȱTheseȱareȱexpressedȱasȱCartesianȱcoordinatesȱandȱareȱfloatingȬpointȱvalues.ȱTheȱcoordinatesȱofȱallȱtrianglesȱshouldȱbeȱpositiveȱandȱshouldȱfallȱwithinȱtheȱvolumeȱofȱtheȱmodel.ȱSLC Files SLCȱisȱshortȱforȱStereoȬLithographyȱContour.ȱSLCȱfilesȱdescribeȱtwoȬdimensionalȱcontoursȱofȱtheȱthreeȬdimensionalȱmodels.ȱTheseȱcontourȱlinesȱareȱpolylines.ȱSLCȱfilesȱareȱASCIIȱ(text)ȱfilesȱthatȱsaveȱmodelsȱasȱaȱseriesȱofȱslices.ȱThisȱmeansȱthatȱmodelsȱbasedȱonȱSLCȱfilesȱcannotȱbeȱorientated;ȱonlyȱtheirȱscaleȱ(size)ȱandȱpositionȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱcanȱbeȱcontrolled.ȱForȱthisȱreason,ȱtheȱmodel’sȱorientationȱmustȱbeȱsuitableȱforȱproductionȱbeforeȱitȱisȱsavedȱasȱanȱSLCȱfile.ȱBecauseȱofȱtheȱnatureȱofȱSLCȱfiles,ȱtheȱappearanceȱofȱmodelsȱinȱObjetȱStudioȱmayȱbeȱdifferentȱthanȱtheȱsolidȬobjectȱimagesȱdisplayedȱfromȱSTLȱfiles.
Introducing the Stratasys P750K 3D Printing System3–4 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Connex WorkflowsWithȱConnexȱ3Dȱprintingȱsystems,ȱyouȱhaveȱgreatȱflexibilityȱinȱpreparingȱmodelȱfilesȱandȱprintingȱthem.ȱBelowȱareȱtheȱmajorȱworkflowsȱyouȱcanȱuse.ȱDetailedȱinstructionsȱforȱimplementingȱtheȱlistedȱtasksȱareȱinȱchapterȱ5ȱ(“UsingȱObjetȱStudio”).Connexȱworkflows,ȱfromȱdesignȱtoȱfinishedȱmodelsStage WorkflowȱAWorkflowȱBWorkflowȱCCADȱprogram •Designȱaȱ3Dȱobject.•Saveȱitȱasȱaȱsingleȱstlȱfile.•Designȱaȱ3Dȱobject.•Saveȱitȱasȱanȱassemblyȱofȱstlȱfiles.•Designȱaȱ3Dȱobject.ObjetȱStudio •Openȱ(Insert)ȱtheȱstlȱfile.•Separateȱtheȱobjectȱintoȱitsȱcomponentsȱ(“shells”).•Assignȱmaterialsȱtoȱtheȱcomponents.•Openȱ(Insert)ȱtheȱstlȱfilesȱasȱanȱassembly.•Assignȱmaterialsȱtoȱtheȱassembly’sȱcomponents.•Openȱ(Insert)ȱanȱobjdfȱfile.ȱ(objdfȱfilesȱcontainȱmodelȬmaterialȱinformation.)•ȱSaveȱtheȱobjectȱasȱanȱobjdfȱfileȱ(optional).•ȱSaveȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱ/ȱSendȱtheȱbuildȱtoȱtheȱprinter.StratasysȱPrinter Modelsȱareȱproducedȱinȱtheȱprinter.•ȱRemoveȱtheȱsupportȱmaterialȱfromȱtheȱmodels.FinishedȱmodelFinishedȱmodel.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 3–5Stratasys P750K User GuidePrinting MaterialsStratasysȱprintersȱproduceȱmodelsȱbyȱjettingȱthinȱlayersȱofȱprintingȱmaterialsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱuntilȱtheȱcompleteȱmodelȱisȱformed.ȱTwoȱtypesȱofȱmaterialȱareȱusedȱinȱthisȱprocess:•Modelȱmaterial—whichȱmakesȱupȱtheȱfinishedȱmodel•Supportȱmaterial—whichȱfillsȱgapsȱandȱspacesȱinȱtheȱmodelȱduringȱprinting,ȱandȱisȱremovedȱafterȱprintingStorage MaterialsȱusedȱforȱprintingȱmodelsȱwithȱStratasysȱprintersȱareȱmadeȱofȱresins,ȱwhichȱareȱcomposedȱofȱreactiveȱmonomersȱandȱoligomers.ȱAlthoughȱprintingȱmaterialsȱareȱsuppliedȱinȱsealed,ȱUVȬproofȱcartridges,ȱcareȱmustȱbeȱtakenȱwhenȱstoringȱandȱhandlingȱthem.ȱFollowȱtheseȱguidelinesȱtoȱprotectȱoperatorsȱandȱtheȱenvironment,ȱandȱtoȱensureȱoptimumȱresults.ȱ•Toȱensureȱproductȱstability,ȱdoȱnotȱallowȱtheseȱmaterialsȱtoȱcomeȱintoȱcontactȱwithȱmetal.ȱPlasticsȱmadeȱfromȱmonomerȬsolubleȱsubstancesȱ(suchȱasȱpolystyreneȱorȱpolyvinylȱchloride)ȱareȱnotȱsuitableȱforȱstoringȱPolyJetȱprintingȱmaterials.•Whenȱnotȱinȱuse,ȱkeepȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱtightlyȱsealedȱtoȱpreventȱcontamination,ȱtheȱeffectsȱofȱexposureȱtoȱUVȱradiation,ȱandȱaccidentalȱspillage.ȱ•Storeȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱindoors,ȱinȱaȱdryȱareaȱwithȱadequateȱventilation,ȱbetweenȱ16–27ȱdegreesȱCelsiusȱ(60–81ȱdegreesȱFahrenheit).ȱIfȱexposedȱtoȱheatȱorȱflames,ȱcartridgesȱmightȱburstȱorȱignite.•Signsȱofȱprematureȱpolymerizationȱinȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱincludeȱbulging,ȱleaking,ȱtheȱemissionȱofȱheat,ȱandȱunusualȱodor.ȱExposureȱtoȱheatȱcanȱcauseȱresinȱtoȱgelȱinȱtheȱcartridge.•Makeȱsureȱthatȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱareȱstoredȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱallȱlocalȱregulationsȱandȱotherȱapplicableȱrequirements.Shelf Life Materialsȱusedȱforȱproducingȱmodelsȱhaveȱaȱlimitedȱshelfȱlife.ȱTheȱexpiryȱdateȱonȱtheȱlabelȱisȱvalidȱwhenȱproperlyȱstoredȱinȱanȱundamaged,ȱunopenedȱcartridge.ȱAlwaysȱrotateȱyourȱstock,ȱsoȱthatȱtheȱcartridgeȱwithȱtheȱearliestȱdateȱisȱusedȱfirst.Exposure to Light Ifȱprintingȱmaterialsȱareȱnotȱinȱtheirȱsealedȱcartridges,ȱmakeȱsureȱtoȱshieldȱthemȱfromȱsunlightȱandȱotherȱsourcesȱofȱUVȱradiation,ȱsuchȱasȱfluorescentȱandȱmercuryȬvaporȱlights.ȱExposureȱtoȱUVȱradiationȱcausesȱanȱincreaseȱinȱviscosityȱand,ȱeventually,ȱsolidification.For up-to-date information about PolyJet printing materials and their properties, go to http://www.stratasys.com/materials/polyjet.
Introducing the Stratasys P750K 3D Printing System3–6 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Safety Considerations Beforeȱbeingȱcured,ȱresinsȱareȱhazardousȱmaterials.ȱToȱpreventȱpossibleȱhealthȱhazards,ȱfollowȱtheseȱprecautionsȱregardingȱprintingȱmaterials:ȱ•Doȱnotȱexposeȱtoȱflames,ȱheatȱorȱsparks.•Preventȱcontactȱwithȱskinȱandȱeyes.•Ventilateȱareasȱwhereȱtheyȱareȱhandled.ȱ•Keepȱthemȱseparateȱfromȱfoodȱandȱdrink.Curedȱplasticȱparts,ȱhowever,ȱareȱsafe.ȱTheyȱcanȱbeȱhandledȱandȱstoredȱwithoutȱprecautions.Disposal Disposeȱofȱcartridgesȱofȱmodelȱandȱsupportȱmaterialȱinȱaccordanceȱwithȱallȱapplicableȱlawsȱandȱregulations.ȱIfȱnecessary,ȱtheȱcartridgesȱcanȱbeȱdisassembledȱforȱrecycling.ȱWork EnvironmentExtremeȱheatȱandȱhumidityȱconditionsȱcanȱadverselyȱaffectȱtheȱoperationȱofȱtheȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprinter.ȱUseȱventilationȱorȱairȬconditioningȱsystems,ȱifȱnecessary,ȱtoȱkeepȱtheȱworkȱareaȱwithinȱtheȱfollowingȱranges:•18q–25qȱCȱ(64q–77qȱF)•30%–70%ȱrelativeȱhumidityYou can find more safety information about resins in “Safety Guidelines” on page 2-4, and “First Aid for Working with Printing Materials” on page 2-6.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 3–7Stratasys P750K User GuideWorkstation Requirements TheȱtableȱbelowȱlistsȱtheȱrequirementsȱforȱcomputerȱcomponentsȱonȱworkstationsȱrunningȱObjetȱStudio.Important:ȱȱMakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱserverȱworkstationȱisȱsetȱupȱwithȱAdministratorȱprivileges.RequirementComputer Type Server workstation: Standard desktop PC1Processor Intel® Core™ i3 or betterOperating System Windows® 7 or Windows® 8, 64-bit2RAM 8 GB or more2Graphics Card3Open GL®Memory: 1 GB; 2 GB recommended for dental applicationsFor server workstation: VGA connector4Optical Drive CD/DVD ROMHard-Disk Drive 80 GB or larger (minimum free space: 40 GB)Network Card LAN TCP/IP (2 for server workstation; 1 for client workstation)Mouse/Keyboard Connection Server workstation: USB1Monitor Cable VGA connector11. ForȱsystemsȱusingȱaȱKVMȱswitchboxȱtoȱcontrolȱbothȱtheȱbuiltȬinȱprinterȱcomputerȱandȱtheȱserverȱworkstationȱwithȱsameȱkeyboardȬmonitorȬmouseȱset:ȱAllȬinȬoneȱcomputer,ȱwirelessȱmouseȱandȱwirelessȱkeyboardȱcannotȱbeȱused.2. Aȱ64Ȭbitȱoperatingȱsystemȱisȱrecommended,ȱtoȱutilizeȱ8ȱGBȱofȱmemory.ȱObjet Studioȱrunningȱonȱaȱ32Ȭbitȱapplicationȱcanȱutilizeȱonlyȱ4ȱGBȱofȱmemory.3. TheȱfollowingȱgraphicsȱcardsȱwereȱtestedȱinȱStratasysȱlabs:•ȱNVIDIA®ȱQuadro®ȱFamily—FX570,ȱFX1700•ȱNVIDIA®ȱGeForce®ȱFamily—6200ȱTurboCache™,ȱ7300ȱGT,ȱGTXȱ285•ȱIntel®ȱExpressȱChipset—82915G/GV,ȱ82910GL,ȱQ965,ȱQ963,ȱQ35,ȱQ45,ȱQ43,ȱ82852,ȱ82855•ȱATIȱRadeon™ȱHDȱ5670,ȱHDȱ5970•ȱAMDȱRadeon™ȱE67604. ForȱsystemsȱusingȱaȱKVMȱswitchbox.ȱIfȱtheȱserverȱworkstationȱhasȱaȱDVIȱvideoȱconnector,ȱaȱVGAȱadapterȱisȱneeded.
Introducing the Stratasys P750K 3D Printing System3–8 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Preparing Files for Use with Objet 3D Printing SystemsBeforeȱusingȱfilesȱwithȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprintingȱsystems,ȱyouȱneedȱtoȱconvertȱthemȱinȱyourȱCADȱprogramȱtoȱaȱfileȱformatȱsupportedȱbyȱObjetȱStudio.ȱ(Forȱanȱexplanationȱofȱtheseȱfileȱformats,ȱseeȱ“SourceȱFiles”ȱonȱpage 3.)Converting CAD Files to STL FormatThisȱprocedureȱmayȱvaryȱslightly,ȱdependingȱonȱtheȱCADȱsoftwareȱused,ȱbutȱtheȱfollowingȱinstructionsȱgenerallyȱapply.To convert a file to STL format (in a CAD program):1. FromȱtheȱFileȱmenu,ȱselectȱSave As.2. InȱtheȱSaveȱAsȱdialogȱbox,ȱopenȱtheȱSaveȱAsȱTypeȱdropȬdownȱlistȱandȱselectȱ*.STL.3. ClickȱOptionsȱandȱsetȱtheȱfollowingȱparameters:•TotalȱQuality—approximatelyȱ0.01ȱmmȱ(deviationȱtoleranceȱ/ȱlinearȬdimensionȱtolerance)•DetailȱQuality—approximatelyȱ5°ȱ(angleȱtolerance)Note: Lowering these values produces more accurate models, but results in larger files and longer loading and processing times. For this reason, it is generally not recommended that you use lower values.4. Inȱtheȱfileȱformatȱoption,ȱchooseȱbinaryȱorȱASCII.ȱ(BothȱbinaryȱandȱASCIIȱformatsȱcanȱbeȱusedȱinȱObjetȱStudio.ȱHowever,ȱbinaryȱfilesȱareȱsmaller,ȱsoȱthisȱoptionȱisȱrecommended.)5. ClickȱOKȱorȱSave.Afterȱconvertingȱtheȱmodelȱfiles,ȱitȱisȱrecommendedȱthatȱyouȱcheckȱthemȱforȱdefectsȱinȱanȱSTLȬrepairȱapplicationȱ(suchȱasȱMagics™,ȱbyȱMaterialise®)ȱbeforeȱopeningȱthemȱinȱObjetȱStudioȱandȱproducingȱtheȱmodel.Converting CAD Files to SLC FormatWhenȱconvertingȱfilesȱtoȱSLCȱformat,ȱitȱisȱrecommendedȱthatȱyouȱsetȱaȱlayerȱthicknessȱofȱ15ȱmicronsȱ(0.015ȱmm).ȱSinceȱSLCȱfilesȱcannotȱbeȱorientatedȱinȱObjetȱStudio,ȱitȱisȱimportantȱthatȱmodelsȱareȱproperlyȱorientatedȱbeforeȱbeingȱsavedȱasȱSLCȱfiles.ȱConsiderationsȱforȱsuitableȱmodelȱorientationȱareȱexplainedȱinȱ“ModelȱOrientation”ȱonȱpage 5Ȭ26.For more information, search for “CAD to STL” on www.stratasys.com.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 3–9Stratasys P750K User GuideObjet Studio SoftwareObjetȱStudioȱsoftwareȱforȱtheȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprintingȱsystemȱconsistsȱofȱtwoȱmainȱscreens:•TrayȱSettingsȱ/ȱModelȱSettings•JobȱManagerTray Settings / Model SettingsInȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱandȱModelȱSettingsȱscreens,ȱyouȱprepareȱsourceȱfilesȱforȱproductionȱinȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprinters.ȱObjetȱStudioȱoffersȱyouȱaȱwideȱvarietyȱofȱfileȬpreparationȱoptions,ȱbutȱalwaysȱconsistsȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱbasicȱprocedure:1. Insertingȱoneȱorȱmoreȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray2. Positioningȱtheȱobject(s)ȱonȱtheȱtray3. Configuringȱobjectȱandȱtrayȱparameters4. Savingȱtheȱtrayȱconfigurationȱasȱanȱobjtfȱ(ObjetȱTrayȱFormat)ȱfile5. SendingȱtheȱobjtfȱfileȱtoȱtheȱStratasysȱ3DȱprinterȱforȱproductionUsingȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱperformȱtheseȱtasksȱisȱdescribedȱinȱdetailȱinȱchapter 5,ȱ“UsingȱObjetȱStudio.”Job ManagerTheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱisȱdifferentȱforȱclientȱworkstationsȱandȱforȱtheȱcomputerȱconnectedȱdirectlyȱtoȱtheȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprinter.ȱ•InȱObjetȱStudioȱinstalledȱonȱtheȱdirectlyȬconnectedȱcomputerȱ(server),ȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱdisplaysȱtheȱqueueȱandȱstatusȱforȱallȱjobsȱsentȱtoȱtheȱ3Dȱprinterȱbyȱtheȱserverȱitselfȱandȱbyȱallȱclientȱcomputersȱonȱtheȱnetwork.ȱAllȱjobsȱdisplayedȱcanȱbeȱeditedȱandȱmanipulated.ȱ•InȱObjetȱStudioȱinstalledȱonȱclientȱcomputers,ȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱdisplaysȱtheȱqueueȱandȱstatusȱonlyȱforȱjobsȱsentȱtoȱaȱ3Dȱprinterȱserverȱfromȱthatȱcomputer.ȱOnlyȱtheseȱjobsȱcanȱbeȱeditedȱandȱmanipulatedȱfromȱtheȱclientȱcomputer.Client computers can be connected, via the local network, to different Objet 3D printers, but only to one at a time. The Job Manager screen displays the status of the 3D printer to which the client is currently connected.
Introducing the Stratasys P750K 3D Printing System3–10 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 4–1Installing Objet SoftwareHowȱtoȱInstallȱSoftwareȱforȱtheȱStratasysȱ3D Printing System..................... 2
Installing Objet Software4–2 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)How to Install Software for the Stratasys 3D Printing SystemTheȱObjetȱStudioȱsetupȱwizardȱguidesȱyouȱwhenȱinstallingȱthisȱsoftware.ȱObjetȱStudioȱisȱinstalledȱonȱtheȱprinterȬserverȱ(“host”)ȱcomputer,ȱbutȱitȱcanȱalsoȱbeȱinstalledȱonȱremote,ȱ“client”ȱcomputersȱandȱonȱcomputersȱusedȱtoȱprepareȱfilesȱforȱprintingȱmodels,ȱorȱforȱtrainingȱandȱdemonstrationȱpurposes.ȱDuringȱinstallation,ȱyouȱchooseȱtoȱinstallȱeitherȱtheȱprinterȬserverȱ(“host”)ȱapplicationȱorȱtheȱclientȱapplication.ȱTo install Objet software:1. InsertȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCDȱintoȱtheȱdiskȱdrive.2. RightȬclickȱtheȱStartȱbuttonȱandȱselectȱExploreȱ(orȱuseȱanyȱotherȱmethodȱforȱdisplayingȱfilesȱonȱtheȱcomputer).3. OpenȱtheȱCDȬdriveȱfolderȱandȱselectȱSetup.4. IfȱyouȱareȱinstallingȱanȱObjetȱStudioȱupgrade,ȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱyourȱprinterȱisȱcompatibleȱwithȱitȱbyȱcheckingȱtheȱlistȱdisplayed.Figure 4-1:Objet Studio compatibility check5. ToȱinstallȱObjetȱStudio,ȱyouȱmustȱagreeȱtoȱtheȱlicenseȱagreement.ȱAfterȱreadingȱitsȱterms,ȱclickȱYesȱtoȱcontinue,ȱorȱNoȱtoȱcloseȱtheȱwizard.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 4–3Stratasys P750K User GuideIfȱyouȱclickȱYes,ȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱshouldȱappear.ȱFigure 4-2: Objet Studio installation wizard—Welcome screen6. ClickȱNextȱtoȱbeginȱinstallation.7. InȱtheȱSelectȱFeaturesȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱrequiredȱinstallationȱoption.SelectȱObjet Studio for a server computer...•ifȱyouȱareȱinstallingȱObjetȱStudioȱonȱtheȱserverȱ(“host”)ȱcomputer—theȱcomputerȱdirectlyȱconnectedȱtoȱanȱStratasysȱprinter.•ifȱyouȱareȱinstallingȱObjetȱStudioȱonȱaȱstandaloneȱ(offȬline)ȱcomputer.SelectȱObjet Studio for client workstations ifȱyouȱareȱinstallingȱObjetȱStudioȱonȱaȱ“client”ȱworkstation—aȱremoteȱcomputerȱthatȱpreparesȱprintȱjobsȱandȱthenȱsendsȱthemȱtoȱaȱserverȱcomputer.Figure 4-3: Objet Studio configuration selection
Installing Objet Software4–4 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)8. InȱtheȱSelectȱInstallationȱFolderȱscreen,ȱverifyȱtheȱdestinationȱfolderȱandȱclickȱNext.ȱFigure 4-4: Objet Studio installation-folder selection9. InȱtheȱConfirmȱInstallationȱscreen,ȱclickȱNext toȱbeginȱinstallation.ȱ10. InȱtheȱSelectȱPrinterȱTypeȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱObjetȱ3DȱprinterȱusedȱforȱproducingȱmodelsȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 4-5: Printer selectionIt is recommended that you do not change the default destination folder.Click Disk Space to check the space in the destination folder.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 4–5Stratasys P750K User GuideInstallationȱbeginsȱandȱaȱprogressȱbarȱappears,ȱshowingȱtheȱprogressȱofȱtheȱinstallationȱprocess.Figure 4-6: Installation progress barWhenȱtheȱObjetȱprogramȱinstallationȱisȱcomplete,ȱtheȱfinalȱInstallShieldȱwizardȱscreenȱappears.Figure 4-7: Final installation screen11. Restartȱtheȱcomputerȱtoȱcompleteȱtheȱsoftwareȱinstallation.Note: If you installed the software from a CD or DVD, make sure to remove it from the disk drive before restarting the computer.Theȱinstallationȱprocessȱendsȱwhenȱtheȱappropriateȱicon(s)ȱappearȱonȱtheȱcomputerȱdesktop:ȱ•ObjetȱStudio•StopȱJobȱManagerȱ(forȱserversȱandȱstandaloneȱstations)
Installing Objet Software4–6 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)How to Uninstall Objet StudioIfȱthereȱisȱeverȱaȱneedȱtoȱuninstallȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱsoftware,ȱdoȱnotȱattemptȱtoȱdoȱsoȱfromȱtheȱWindowsȱControlȱPanel.ȱ(Thisȱdoesȱnotȱcompletelyȱremoveȱallȱsoftwareȱcomponents.)ȱInstead—¾FromȱtheȱStartȱmenu,ȱselectȱAll Programs > Objet Studio > Uninstall Objet Studio.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–1Using Objet StudioLaunchingȱObjetȱStudio...................................................................... 3Windows®ȱ7ȱSecurityȱWarning...........................................................3ObjetȱStudioȱInterface...........................................................................4RibbonȱCommands...............................................................................6ObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱMenu ..........................................................8ModelȱTreeȱPane....................................................................................8PreparingȱModelsȱforȱProduction..................................................... 9OBJDFȱFiles:ȱOverview.........................................................................9Model Files.............................................................................................9PlacingȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray.....................................................10OpeningȱObjetȱTrayȱFiles ...................................................................14QuickȬAccessȱModelȱCommands......................................................16CopyingȱandȱPastingȱObjects ............................................................17SelectingȱObjects..................................................................................18SplittingȱObjectsȱintoȱComponents...................................................19ModelȬMaterialȱSettings.....................................................................20ChangingȱtheȱModelȱMaterial...........................................................21AssigningȱaȱModelȱMaterialȱtoȱObjects............................................22SurfaceȱFinish.......................................................................................23CoatingȱObjects....................................................................................23AssigningȱPropertiesȱtoȱHiddenȱObjects .........................................24PositioningȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray............................................ 25AutomaticȱOrientation .......................................................................25AutomaticȱPlacement .........................................................................26ManualȱPositioning.............................................................................26ModelȱOrientation............................................................................. 26ManipulatingȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray........................................ 27PositioningȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱZȬAxis ....................................................27ValidȱObjectȱPlacement.......................................................................28UsingȱaȱGridȱtoȱPositionȱObjects.......................................................30MeasurementȱUnits.............................................................................31SettingȱModelȱDimensions.................................................................32RepositioningȱObjects.........................................................................32ChangingȱanȱObject’sȱOrientation.....................................................34GroupingȱandȱUngroupingȱObjects..................................................36FreezingȱModelȱOrientation ..............................................................37DisplayȱOptions................................................................................. 37ViewingȱObjects...................................................................................37ScreenȱLayout ......................................................................................39TrayȱPerspective ..................................................................................39SettingȱObjectȱColors ..........................................................................41LoadingȱLargeȱFiles ............................................................................41LargeȱFileȱManipulation.....................................................................42ZoomȱOptions......................................................................................44
5–2 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)HandlingȱCompletedȱTrays ............................................................. 45TrayȱValidation ....................................................................................45ProductionȱEstimates..........................................................................46PrintingȱModes....................................................................................47EȬmailingȱObjetȱDigitalȱFiles .............................................................48PrintingȱtheȱTrayȱFile..........................................................................48ApplyingȱAdditionalȱObjetȱStudioȱFeatures................................. 51DividingȱObjects..................................................................................51ChoosingȱtheȱSupportȱStrength.........................................................52“Hollow”—ȱFillingȱModelsȱwithȱSupportȱMaterial.......................53DisplayingȱtheȱCrossȱSectionȱofȱObjects .......................................... 54SavingȱtheȱScreenȱDisplayȱasȱanȱImage File....................................55ExportingȱandȱImportingȱObjetȱBuildȱTrays...................................56CustomizingȱObjetȱStudio................................................................ 57CreatingȱaȱQuickȱAccessȱToolbar......................................................57HidingȱtheȱRibbon...............................................................................58DisplayȱColors.....................................................................................59KeyboardȱShortcuts ............................................................................60SettingȱUserȱPreferences.....................................................................61ProfessionalȱModeȱFeatures............................................................. 62DefaultȱSettings ...................................................................................63OpenGLȱDriverȱConfiguration..........................................................64GettingȱAdditionalȱObjetȱStudioȱAssistance ................................. 66ObjetȱStudioȱVersion,ȱMaterialȱModuleȱandȱLicensedȱFeatures. 66MonitoringȱandȱManagingȱPrintȱJobs ............................................ 68JobȱManagerȱScreen ............................................................................68SettingȱtheȱPrinterȱConnection..........................................................70OffȬlineȱMode.......................................................................................71SettingȱtheȱRemoteȱPrinterȱConnectionȱ(ClientȱMode)..................73JobȱManagerȱCommands ...................................................................73ConfiguringȱUserȱAlerts.....................................................................76PrintingȱtheȱTray..................................................................................77AdditionalȱServerȱFeatures................................................................77
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–3Stratasys P750K User GuideLaunching Objet StudioAfterȱyouȱinstallȱObjetȱStudio,ȱaȱlaunchȱiconȱȱappearsȱonȱtheȱWindowsȱdesktop.ȱOpenȱtheȱapplicationȱbyȱdoubleȬclickingȱthisȱicon,ȱorȱbyȱselectingȱObjetȱStudioȱfromȱtheȱStartȱmenu.Windows® 7 Security WarningDependingȱonȱtheȱUserȱAccountȱControlȱsettingsȱinȱWindows®ȱ7,ȱyouȱmightȱseeȱtheȱfollowingȱwarningȱwhenȱopeningȱObjetȱStudio.Figure 5-1: Security WarningIfȱyouȱclickȱYes,ȱObjetȱStudioȱopens.ȱHowever,ȱthisȱwarningȱmessageȱwillȱappearȱeachȱtimeȱyouȱopenȱtheȱprogram,ȱunlessȱyouȱchangeȱtheȱUserȱAccountȱControlȱsettings.To prevent the warning message from appearing again:1. Clickȱtheȱlinkȱatȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱsecurityȱwarningȱdialogȱboxȱ(Change when these notifications appear).2. InȱtheȱUserȱAccountȱControlȱSettingsȱscreen,ȱmoveȱtheȱsliderȱtoȱ“Neverȱnotify.”Figure 5-2: Changing the User Account Control settings3. ClickȱOK.
Using Objet Studio5–4 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)4. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱdialogȱbox,ȱclickȱYes.Figure 5-3: Confirming the change in the User Account Control settingsObjet Studio Interface WhenȱObjetȱStudioȱopens,ȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱscreenȱappears,ȱshowingȱanȱemptyȱbuildȱtray.ȱFigure 5-4: Objet Studio opening screenTheȱObjetȱStudioȱinterfaceȱconsistsȱofȱtwoȱmainȱscreens:•TrayȱSettings—forȱarrangingȱmodelsȱandȱpreparingȱthemȱforȱprinting.•JobȱManager—forȱmonitoringȱandȱmanagingȱprintȱjobs.Thisȱscreenȱisȱdescribedȱinȱ“MonitoringȱandȱManagingȱPrintȱJobs”ȱonȱpage 68.Eachȱscreenȱisȱcontrolledȱbyȱmenusȱandȱiconsȱonȱitsȱownȱribbon.ȱAnȱadditionalȱribbon,ȱModelȱSettings,ȱdisplaysȱcontrolsȱforȱconfiguringȱandȱmanipulatingȱselectedȱmodels.ObjetȱStudioȱanticipatesȱyourȱworkflowȱbyȱdisplayingȱandȱenablingȱtheȱoptionsȱrelevantȱtoȱyourȱcurrentȱtask.ȱForȱexample,ȱwhenȱyouȱfirstȱopenȱObjetȱStudio,ȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbonȱisȱdisabledȱuntilȱyouȱplaceȱaȱmodelȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱSimilarly,ȱoptionsȱavailableȱfromȱtheȱstandardȱtoolbarȱmenusȱareȱenabledȱorȱdisabledȱtoȱmatchȱtheȱcurrentȱworkflow.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–5Stratasys P750K User GuideTheȱribbon,ȱcolorsȱused,ȱandȱseveralȱotherȱinterfaceȱfeaturesȱcanȱbeȱcustomized.ȱHowȱtoȱchangeȱtheȱappearanceȱofȱtheȱinterfaceȱisȱexplainedȱinȱ“CustomizingȱObjetȱStudio”ȱonȱpage 57.Figure 5-5: Tray Settings ribbonFigure 5-6: Model Settings ribbonInstructions for using the commands for preparing models for production and sending jobs to the printer, appear later in this chapter.
Using Objet Studio5–6 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)RibbonCommands TheȱfollowingȱtableȱlistsȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱandȱModelȱSettingsȱribbonȱcommandȱgroups,ȱandȱshowsȱwhenȱtheyȱareȱenabled,ȱandȱwhereȱtheyȱappear.ȱGroup Purpose When enabled Tray Settings RibbonModel Settings RibbonSettingȱdisplayȱcolors. Always.Selectingȱperspectiveȱandȱzoomȱlevel.Modelsȱareȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Chooseȱtoȱselectȱaȱplane,ȱelements,ȱorȱelementȱgroupsȱ(assemblies).Modelsȱareȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Changeȱtheȱperspectiveȱofȱtheȱactiveȱpane.Modelsȱareȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Assigningȱprintingȱmaterial(s).•Buildȱtrayȱisȱempty.•Modelsȱareȱnotȱselected.Undoingȱorȱredoingȱactions. Afterȱanȱactionȱorȱobjectȱselection.Openingȱandȱsavingȱfiles. Modelsȱareȱnotȱselected.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–7Stratasys P750K User GuidePlacingȱmodelȱfilesȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Always.PreȬbuild/buildȱcommands. Modelsȱareȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱSettingȱmodelȱdimensions. Aȱmodelȱisȱselected.Cutting,ȱcopying,ȱpastingȱandȱdeletingȱmodels.Aȱmodelȱisȱselected.Moving,ȱrotatingȱandȱresizingȱmodels.Aȱmodelȱisȱselected.•Assigningȱaȱmaterialȱtoȱaȱmodelȱorȱshell.•Separatingȱaȱmodelȱintoȱshells.Aȱmodelȱisȱselected.Assigningȱmodelȱfinishȱandȱsettingȱsupportȱstrength/“hollow.”Aȱmodelȱisȱselected.Settingȱaȱmodel’sȱunitȱofȱmeasureȱ(millimetersȱorȱinches).Aȱmodelȱisȱselected.Group Purpose When enabled Tray Settings RibbonModel Settings RibbonTo quickly identify an icon, move the cursor over it to display a tooltip. The “Undo” and “Redo” tooltips change to reflect your last Objet Studio action.After activating some of the ribbon commands (by clicking them), they remain active until you click another button or until you press the Escape key.
Using Objet Studio5–8 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Objet Studio CommandsMenuClickingȱtheȱȱiconȱinȱtheȱupperȬleftȱcornerȱopensȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenu.ȱThisȱmenuȱdisplaysȱbasicȱapplicationȱcommandsȱandȱoptions.Figure 5-7: Objet Studio Commands menuTheȱOptions buttonȱopensȱaȱdialogȱboxȱforȱcustomizingȱObjetȱStudio.Figure 5-8: Options dialog boxModel Tree Pane TheȱModelȱTreeȱpaneȱlistsȱtheȱobjectsȱplacedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱinȱaȱparentȬchildȱhierarchy.ȱByȱdefault,ȱtheȱpaneȱ“floats”—ȱthatȱis,ȱyouȱcanȱmoveȱitȱtoȱanotherȱpositionȱonȱtheȱscreenȱandȱresizeȱit.ȱAlternatively,ȱyouȱcanȱfixȱitsȱpositionȱatȱtheȱleftȱofȱtheȱapplicationȱwindow,ȱandȱevenȱhideȱit.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–9Stratasys P750K User GuidePreparing Models for ProductionModelȱpreparationȱinvolvesȱtheȱfollowingȱbasicȱsteps:1. Placeȱobjectsȱorȱassembliesȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.2. Ifȱnecessary,ȱmanipulateȱtheȱobject’sȱorientationȱandȱposition.3. Selectȱtheȱmaterialsȱandȱmodelȱfinish.JustȱasȱStratasysȱprintersȱcanȱproduceȱdifferentȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱusingȱdifferentȱmaterials,ȱyouȱcanȱproduceȱcomponentsȱofȱaȱmodelȱwithȱdifferentȱmaterials.ȱToȱdoȱthis,ȱeachȱpartȱofȱtheȱmodelȱmustȱbeȱaȱseparateȱstlȱfile.ȱIfȱtheȱmodel’sȱcomponentȱpartsȱwereȱnotȱsavedȱinȱtheȱCADȱsoftwareȱasȱseparateȱstlȱfiles,ȱyouȱcanȱuseȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱseparateȱtheȱmodelȱintoȱcomponentȱparts.ȱ(Thisȱisȱdescribedȱinȱ“SplittingȱObjectsȱintoȱComponents”ȱonȱpage 19ȱandȱinȱ“DividingȱObjects”ȱonȱpage 51.)OBJDF Files: Overview Anȱobjdfȱfileȱdescribesȱbothȱtheȱgeometryȱofȱaȱsingleȱobjectȱandȱtheȱmaterials,ȱandȱfinishȱrequiredȱtoȱprintȱit.ȱTheȱobjdfȱfileȱcanȱrepresentȱanȱobjectȱthatȱisȱaȱsingleȱstlȱfile,ȱorȱanȱobjectȱassembledȱfromȱcomponentȱstlȱfiles.ȱObjetȱStudioȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱsplitȱanȱstlȱfileȱrepresentingȱaȱcomplexȱobjectȱintoȱanȱassemblyȱofȱcomponentȱstlȱfiles,ȱandȱsaveȱtheȱassemblyȱasȱanȱobjdfȱfile.ȱEachȱpartȱ(stlȱfile)ȱdescribedȱbyȱtheȱobjdfȱfileȱcanȱhaveȱitsȱownȱmodelȬmaterialȱcharacteristic,ȱsoȱthatȱtheȱStratasysȱprinterȱproducesȱtheȱcomponentȱpartsȱfromȱspecificȱmaterials.ȱAnotherȱuseȱforȱobjdfȱfilesȱisȱforȱsavingȱaȱgroupȱofȱseparateȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱasȱoneȱunit,ȱtogetherȱwithȱtheirȱrelativeȱpositionsȱandȱmaterials.ȱThisȱisȱespeciallyȱusefulȱforȱproducingȱmodelsȱinȱtheȱfutureȱwithȱtheȱsameȱmaterials.ȱInȱfact,ȱwhenȱyouȱsaveȱobjdfȱfiles,ȱyouȱspecifyȱmaterialsȱforȱprintingȱmodelsȱwithoutȱregardȱtoȱtheȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱloadedȱinȱtheȱprinter.ȱTheȱsameȱobjectȱcanȱlaterȱbeȱplacedȱonȱbuildȱtraysȱforȱprinting.ȱEachȱtimeȱyouȱsendȱaȱbuildȱtrayȱtoȱtheȱprinter,ȱyouȱdecideȱwhetherȱtoȱallowȱprintingȱwithȱsubstituteȱmaterialsȱorȱonlyȱwithȱtheȱmaterialsȱspecified.TheȱConnexȱversionȱofȱObjetȱStudioȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱdisplay,ȱmanipulateȱandȱprintȱcomponentȱpartsȱofȱaȱmodelȱassemblyȱthatȱwasȱsavedȱasȱanȱobjdfȱfile,ȱsinceȱeachȱcomponentȱisȱaȱseparateȱstlȱfile.ȱThisȱcanȱbeȱusefulȱforȱprintingȱonlyȱspecificȱpartsȱofȱaȱmodel.Furtherȱexplanationsȱofȱobjdfȱfiles,ȱandȱtheirȱfeatures,ȱappearȱthroughoutȱthisȱchapter.Model Files Toȱproduceȱmodels,ȱyouȱopenȱoneȱorȱmoreȱmodelȱfilesȱinȱObjetȱStudioȱandȱpositionȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱYouȱcanȱplaceȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱinȱseveralȱways:•byȱinsertingȱindividual stl or slc filesȱ(orȱanȱassemblyȱofȱstlȱfiles).•byȱinserting anȱobjdfȱfileȱ(anȱassembly).•byȱpastingȱobjectsȱthatȱyouȱcopiedȱtoȱtheȱWindowsȱclipboard.
Using Objet Studio5–10 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)PlacingObjects on the Build TrayTo place an object on the build tray:1. OpenȱtheȱInsertȱdialogȱbox—•FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱInsert.or—•OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱclickȱ.or—•RightȬclickȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱandȱselectȱInsert fromȱtheȱcontextȱmenu.TheȱInsertȱdialogȱboxȱappears.Figure 5-9: Insert dialog box2. InȱtheȱLookȱinȱfield,ȱdisplayȱtheȱappropriateȱfolder.3. InȱtheȱFilesȱofȱtypeȱfield,ȱselectȱtheȱfileȱtypeȱtoȱdisplay.4. Selectȱtheȱdesiredȱfile,ȱandȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱitȱappearsȱinȱtheȱFileȱnameȱfield.IfȱtheȱPreviewȱcheckȱboxȱisȱselected,ȱtheȱobjectȱisȱdisplayedȱinȱtheȱdialogȱbox,ȱasȱshownȱinȱfigure 5Ȭ9.Youȱcanȱopenȱseveralȱstlȱfilesȱtoȱplaceȱseveralȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱIfȱyouȱselectȱmultipleȱstlȱfilesȱthatȱmakeȱupȱanȱassembly,ȱyouȱcanȱselectȱallȱorȱsomeȱofȱtheȱparts.ȱToȱprintȱtheȱentireȱmodel,ȱselectȱallȱofȱanȱassembly’sȱcomponentȱstlȱfiles,ȱandȱselectȱtheȱAssemblyȱcheckȱbox.ȱThisȱpositionsȱtheȱpartsȱasȱaȱcomplete,ȱintegratedȱmodelȱinsteadȱofȱasȱindependentȱparts.ȱTheȱeffectsȱofȱselectingȱtheȱAssemblyȱcheckȱbox—inȱbothȱtheȱmodelȱtreeȱandȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱdisplay—areȱshownȱinȱtheȱfollowingȱfigures.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–11Stratasys P750K User GuideFigure 5-10: Assembly check box selected—stl files are placed as an assemblyFigure 5-11: Assembly check box not selected—stl files are placed as partsTheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbonȱisȱdisplayedȱwhenȱobjectsȱareȱplacedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.5. Selectȱanyȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱoptions,ȱasȱrequired:•Units—Millimetersȱorȱinchesȱforȱtheȱobject’sȱunitsȱofȱmeasure.Theȱ3Dȱfileȱcontainsȱtheȱobjectȇsȱproportions,ȱbutȱnotȱitsȱunitsȱofȱmeasure.ȱTherefore,ȱmakeȱsureȱtoȱcorrectlyȱselectȱeitherȱmillimetersȱorȱinchesȱwhenȱinsertingȱanȱobject.ȱOtherwise,ȱtheȱsizeȱofȱtheȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱwillȱbeȱeitherȱmuchȱtooȱlargeȱorȱmuchȱtooȱsmall.ȱToȱchangeȱtheȱmeasurementȱunitsȱofȱobjectsȱalreadyȱplacedȱonȱtheȱtray,ȱseeȱ“MeasurementȱUnits”ȱonȱpage 31.•Number of copies—Howȱmanyȱcopiesȱofȱthisȱobjectȱtoȱplaceȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.•Orient Automatically—Automaticallyȱorientȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱforȱefficientȱmodelȱbuilding.•Assembly—Markȱthisȱcheckȱboxȱifȱyouȱselectedȱmultipleȱstlȱfilesȱthatȱareȱpartȱofȱanȱassembly.
Using Objet Studio5–12 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Note: The Extents values displayed in the Coordinates section of the Insertdialog box, represent the maximum dimensions of the object on each axis. These dimensions correspond to the virtual “bounding box” surrounding the object see figure 5-50 on page 38). 6. ClickȱInsert.ObjetȱStudioȱplacesȱtheȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱandȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtree.Figure 5-12: Default screen layoutTheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbonȱisȱdisplayedȱwhenȱobjectsȱareȱplacedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Ifȱtheȱobjectȱisȱoverȱaȱcertainȱsize,ȱtheȱLoadingȱPlacedȱElementsȱdialogȱboxȱappears.ȱFigure 5-13: Loading Placed Elements dialog boxModel ToolbarModelTree paneYou can speed up the opening of large files by changing the Large Filessettings—see “Loading Large Files” on page 41).
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–13Stratasys P750K User GuideOpeningȱobjdfȱFilesBeforeȱplacingȱobjdfȱfilesȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱObjetȱStudioȱmustȱextractȱtheȱcomponentȱstlȱfilesȱtogetherȱwithȱinformationȱaboutȱtheirȱrelativeȱpositionȱandȱmodelȱmaterials.ȱToȱdoȱthis,ȱObjetȱStudioȱcreatesȱaȱfolderȱwithȱtheȱsameȱnameȱasȱtheȱobjdfȱfile,ȱinȱtheȱsameȱlocation.Figure 5-14: Insert dialog box (objdf file)
Using Objet Studio5–14 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Opening Objet Tray Files Youȱcanȱopenȱtraysȱthatȱwereȱsavedȱasȱobjtfȱfiles.ȱThisȱisȱuseful,ȱforȱexample,ȱifȱyouȱsavedȱaȱtrayȱafterȱpreparingȱitȱforȱprinting,ȱandȱnowȱyouȱwantȱtoȱmakeȱchangesȱbeforeȱprintingȱit.ȱTo place an object saved as an Objet Tray File (objtf) file on the build tray:1. FromȱtheȱFileȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.or—FromȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱselectȱOpen.TheȱOpenȱdialogȱboxȱisȱdisplayed.Figure 5-15: Objet Tray File Open dialog box2. Selectȱtheȱdesiredȱfile,ȱandȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱitȱappearsȱinȱtheȱFileȱnameȱfield.ȱIfȱtheȱPreviewȱcheckȱboxȱisȱselected,ȱtheȱobjectȱisȱdisplayed.3. ClickȱOpen.ObjetȱStudioȱopensȱtheȱtrayȱfile.The objtf file is actually a file containing instructions for printing—which stlfiles to print and their position on the build tray. Because the objtf file references the stl files used, they must remain in the same file location as when the objtf file was saved.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–15Stratasys P750K User GuideSTL file loadingpreference Ifȱthereȱareȱidenticallyȱnamedȱstlȱfilesȱinȱmoreȱthanȱoneȱlocation,ȱyouȱneedȱtoȱensureȱthatȱtheȱcorrectȱcomponentȱstlȱfilesȱareȱlinkedȱtoȱtheȱobjtfȱfile.ȱForȱexample,ȱifȱthereȱareȱidenticallyȱnamedȱstlȱfilesȱonȱoneȱdriveȱandȱonȱaȱflashȱdriveȱ(thisȱcanȱoccurȱifȱyouȱcopyȱtheȱoriginalȱfilesȱtoȱaȱworkingȱfolder),ȱyouȱcanȱsetȱtheȱdefaultȱlocationȱfromȱwhichȱfilesȱareȱloaded.To set the Load Order:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions.or—InȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱclickȱOptions.2. InȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox,ȱdisplayȱtheȱSettingsȱtab.Figure 5-16: Options dialog box, Settings tab3. UnderȱLoadȱSearchȱOrder,ȱselectȱanȱoption:•Local—toȱloadȱfilesȱfromȱtheȱlocationȱwhereȱtheyȱwereȱlastȱsaved.•Original—toȱloadȱfilesȱinȱtheirȱoriginalȱlocation.4. ClickȱOK.
Using Objet Studio5–16 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Quick-Access ModelCommandsYouȱcanȱaccessȱcommonȱcommandsȱforȱworkingȱwithȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱwithȱtheȱconvenientȱModelȱToolbarȱandȱcontextȱmenus.Model Toolbar SelectȱanȱobjectȱinȱtheȱtrayȱtoȱdisplayȱtheȱModelȱToolbarȱthatȱcontainsȱiconsȱtoȱperformȱcommonȱtasks.Figure 5-17: Model ToolbarTheȱtableȱbelowȱdescribesȱtheȱModelȱToolbarȱicons.Right-click modelmenu IfȱyouȱrightȬclickȱonȱanȱobject,ȱaȱpopȬupȱcontextȱmenuȱisȱdisplayedȱfromȱwhichȱyouȱcanȱalsoȱselectȱtheȱmodelȱfinish,ȱchangeȱitsȱpositionȱandȱscale,ȱandȱsetȱtheȱGridȱStyleȱandȱHollowȱoptions.Icon DescriptionAppliesȱaȱmatteȱfinishȱtoȱtheȱmodel.Appliesȱaȱglossyȱfinishȱtoȱtheȱmodel.OpensȱtheȱAdvancedȱPropertiesȱdialogȱboxȱforȱsettingȱtheȱGridȱStyleȱandȱtheȱHollowȱoption.Enablesȱdraggingȱanȱobjectȱ(seeȱpage 5Ȭ32).OpensȱtheȱTransformȱdialogȱboxȱforȱchangingȱtheȱobject’sȱpositionȱandȱscale.TogglesȱtheȱLockȱModelȱOrientationȱsetting.Allowsȱyouȱtoȱchooseȱtheȱprintingȱmaterials.Enablesȱyouȱtoȱapplyȱaȱcoatingȱtoȱtheȱmodel,ȱorȱchangeȱtheȱcoatingȱpreviouslyȱapplied.You can also create a Quick Access toolbar with your most commonly used icons grouped together. See “Creating a Quick Access Toolbar” on page 57.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–17Stratasys P750K User GuideCopying and Pasting ObjectsIfȱyouȱneedȱtoȱduplicateȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱyouȱcanȱinsertȱtheȱsameȱobjectȱfromȱitsȱfileȱmoreȱthanȱonce.ȱAnȱeasierȱway,ȱhowever,ȱisȱtoȱcopyȱandȱpasteȱtheȱobject.ȱYouȱcanȱcopyȱobjectsȱfromȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱorȱtheȱmodelȱtree—individualȱorȱmultipleȱpartsȱorȱassemblies.ȱTheȱobjectsȱcopiedȱremainȱinȱtheȱWindowsȱclipboardȱuntilȱyouȱpasteȱthemȱontoȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱYouȱcanȱalsoȱcopyȱobjectsȱfromȱoneȱtrayȱandȱpasteȱthemȱontoȱanother,ȱinȱtheȱsameȱwayȱasȱyouȱcopyȱtextȱfromȱoneȱdocumentȱandȱpasteȱitȱintoȱanotherȱone.ȱHowever,ȱObjetȱStudioȱallowsȱonlyȱoneȱtrayȱtoȱbeȱopenȱatȱaȱtime.ȱForȱeachȱbuildȱtrayȱyouȱneedȱtoȱworkȱwithȱ(atȱtheȱsameȱtime),ȱyouȱmustȱopenȱaȱseparateȱObjetȱStudioȱwindow,ȱbyȱrunningȱtheȱapplicationȱagainȱ(fromȱtheȱWindowsȱStartȱmenu).YouȱperformȱtheȱCopyȱandȱPasteȱcommandsȱasȱinȱotherȱWindowsȱapplications:•fromȱtheȱrightȬclickȱcontextȱmenu.•byȱusingȱkeyboardȱshortcutsȱ(Ctrl+CȱandȱCtrl+V,ȱrespectively).TheȱPasteȱSpecialȱcommandȱ(fromȱtheȱobject’sȱrightȬclickȱcontextȱmenu)ȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱplaceȱduplicateȱobjectsȱevenȱmoreȱefficiently:•Youȱcanȱspecifyȱtheȱnumberȱofȱduplicatesȱtoȱplaceȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱatȱonce.•Youȱcanȱsetȱtheȱdistance,ȱonȱeachȱaxis,ȱbetweenȱtheȱduplicateȱobjects.•Youȱcanȱmanipulateȱmirrorȱimagesȱofȱtheȱoriginalȱobject,ȱandȱflipȱthemȱonȱselectedȱaxes.Figure 5-18: Paste Special dialog boxHaving multiple Objet Studio windows open can be convenient when you need to manipulate or configure objects before inserting them in your production build tray. For example, if you need to change the model material of an object (saved as an objdf file) to match the model material already used in the production build tray, you must do so before inserting the object—on another tray. Copying and pasting also allows you to use objects already configured on previously-used build trays for newer projects.
Using Objet Studio5–18 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Selecting Objects Toȱmanipulateȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱorȱassignȱcharacteristicsȱtoȱitȱ(modelȱmaterial,ȱbuildingȱstyleȱetc.),ȱyouȱmustȱfirstȱselectȱtheȱobject.ȱYouȱselectȱanȱobjectȱbyȱclickingȱit,ȱeitherȱonȱtheȱtrayȱorȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtree.ȱItsȱimageȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱchangesȱcolorȱ(toȱlightȱblue,ȱbyȱdefault)ȱandȱitsȱnameȱisȱhighlightedȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtree.ȱYouȱcanȱselectȱmultipleȱobjectsȱbyȱdrawingȱaȱboxȱaroundȱthemȱwithȱtheȱmouseȱcursor,ȱorȱbyȱpressingȱtheȱCtrlȱorȱShiftȱkeysȱwhileȱclickingȱadditionalȱobjects.Alternatively,ȱselectȱorȱdeȬselectȱobjectsȱusingȱtheȱfollowingȱEditȱmenuȱcommands:•Select All•Invert Selection•Undo Select objectFigure 5-19: Edit menuSometimes,ȱyouȱneedȱtoȱselectȱindividualȱelementsȱofȱanȱassembly.ȱOtherȱtimes,ȱyouȱneedȱtoȱselectȱtheȱentireȱassembly.ȱTheȱSelectionȱiconȱdisplayedȱonȱtheȱribbonȱdeterminesȱwhatȱwillȱbeȱselectedȱwhenȱyouȱclickȱonȱtheȱmodel:ȱorȱTo change the selection action:1. OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱorȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon—a. ClickȱtheȱSelectionȱicon:ȱȱorȱ.b. Onȱtheȱflyoutȱtoolbar,ȱclickȱtheȱappropriateȱicon:Figure 5-20: Selection flyout toolbarSelect GroupSelect Element
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–19Stratasys P750K User GuideSplitting Objects into ComponentsYouȱcanȱconvertȱaȱcomplexȱobjectȱtoȱanȱassemblyȱofȱcomponentȱparts.ȱToȱdoȱso,ȱyouȱsplitȱtheȱstlȱfileȱthatȱrepresentsȱtheȱobjectȱintoȱaȱgroupȱofȱseparateȱstlȱfiles,ȱeachȱoneȱrepresentingȱaȱcomponent.ȱ(ThisȱisȱreferredȱtoȱinȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱinterfaceȱasȱseparatingȱtheȱobjectȱintoȱshells.)ȱYouȱcanȱthenȱassignȱaȱmodelȱmaterialȱtoȱeachȱstlȱfile,ȱandȱyouȱcanȱsaveȱtheȱnewlyȬcreatedȱassemblyȱasȱanȱobjdfȱfile.To split an object into an assembly of component parts:1. Ifȱtheȱobjectȱisȱnotȱdisplayed,ȱplaceȱitȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱbyȱinsertingȱitsȱstlȱfileȱ(seeȱ“PlacingȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray”ȱonȱpage 10).Theȱobjectȱappears—onȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱandȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtreeȱpane—asȱaȱsingleȱpart.ȱItȱisȱassigned,ȱbyȱdefault,ȱtheȱ“primary”ȱmodelȱmaterial.ȱ(IfȱObjetȱStudioȱisȱconfiguredȱwithȱaȱsecondaryȱmaterial,ȱyouȱcanȱassignȱit—orȱaȱdigitalȱmaterial—toȱtheȱentireȱobject.ȱThisȱisȱexplainedȱinȱ“ModelȬMaterialȱSettings”ȱonȱpage 20.)Figure 5-21: Object placed on the build tray from a single stl fileNote: There is no need to resize or arrange the object on the build tray at this time.2. Withȱtheȱobjectȱselected:•FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱSeparate into Shells.or—•Onȱtheȱribbon,ȱclickȱ.Aȱdialogȱboxȱopensȱinȱwhichȱyouȱcanȱspecifyȱwhereȱtoȱsaveȱtheȱcomponentȱstlȱfiles.ȱ(Byȱdefault,ȱObjetȱStudioȱoffersȱtoȱsaveȱtheȱnewȱfilesȱinȱaȱfolderȱinȱtheȱsameȱlocationȱasȱtheȱoriginalȱstlȱfile.)Figure 5-22: Folder selection for saving stl files after splitting into shells3. ClickȱOK.ObjetȱStudioȱsplitsȱtheȱobjectȱintoȱanȱassemblyȱofȱcomponentȱparts,ȱeachȱaȱseparateȱstlȱfileȱ(“shell”).
Using Objet Studio5–20 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Theȱobjectȱappears—onȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱandȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtree—asȱanȱassemblyȱofȱpartsȱ(“shells”).ȱYouȱcanȱassignȱeachȱpartȱaȱdifferentȱmodelȱmaterialȱ(Thisȱisȱexplainedȱinȱ“ModelȬMaterialȱSettings”ȱonȱpage 20).ȱFigure 5-23: Object after being converted to an assembly of component partsModel-MaterialSettings BeforeȱplacingȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱinȱObjetȱStudio,ȱyouȱshouldȱpayȱattentionȱtoȱtheȱmaterialȱselectionȱsettingsȱonȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon.Figure 5-24: Material selection settings•Byȱdefault,ȱtheȱmaterialȱselectionȱsettingsȱonȱtheȱribbonȱcorrespondȱtoȱtheȱmodelȱcartridgesȱloadedȱinȱtheȱprinter.•Theȱmaterialȱdisplayedȱonȱtheȱtopȱ(VeroBlack,ȱinȱtheȱfigureȱabove)ȱisȱconsideredȱtheȱprimaryȱmodelȱmaterialȱ(“ModelȬ1”).ȱItȱisȱassignedȱtoȱobjectsȱthatȱdoȱnotȱhaveȱaȱmaterialȱassignmentȱwhenȱyouȱplaceȱthemȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱForȱexample,ȱsinceȱstlȱfilesȱdoȱnotȱcontainȱinformationȱaboutȱtheȱmodelȱmaterial,ȱObjetȱStudioȱassignsȱtheȱprimaryȱmodelȱmaterialȱtoȱthem.ȱAlso,ȱifȱyouȱtryȱtoȱinsertȱobjdfȱfilesȱwhoseȱassignedȱmaterialsȱareȱnotȱrecognizedȱbyȱyourȱversionȱofȱObjetȱStudio,ȱyouȱcanȱinsertȱtheȱfileȱbyȱsubstitutingȱtheȱprimaryȱmodelȱmaterialȱforȱtheȱmissingȱmaterials.•SelectȱSingle Materialȱifȱyouȱwantȱtoȱprintȱusingȱonlyȱoneȱmaterial—ȱofȱtheȱmaterialȱdropȬdownȱmenusȱcontainȱtheȱsameȱmaterial.ȱIfȱyouȱdecideȱtoȱprintȱwithȱmultipleȱmaterials,ȱtheȱmaterialȱinȱtheȱtopȱdropȬdownȱmenuȱremainsȱassignedȱtoȱtheȱobjectȱuntilȱyouȱselectȱanotherȱmaterial.•Ifȱyouȱinsertȱanȱobjdfȱfileȱintoȱanȱemptyȱbuildȱtray,ȱandȱtheȱmodelȬmaterialȱassignmentȱdoesȱnotȱmatchȱtheȱsettingsȱonȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱtheseȱsettingsȱareȱchangedȱautomatically.ȱHowever,ȱifȱthereȱisȱanȱobjectȱalreadyȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱwhoseȱmaterialsȱdoȱnotȱmatchȱtheȱmaterialȱassignmentȱinȱtheȱobjdfȱfile,ȱyouȱcannotȱplaceȱtheȱnewȱobjectȱonȱtheȱtray.ȱToȱprintȱthisȱobject,ȱyouȱhaveȱtheȱfollowingȱoptions:Insteadȱofȱprintingȱitȱonȱtheȱsameȱbuildȱtray,ȱprintȱtheȱnewȱobjectȱasȱaȱseparateȱjob.Changeȱtheȱmaterialsȱassignedȱtoȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱtoȱmatchȱthoseȱassignedȱtoȱtheȱnewȱobjectȱ(seeȱ“ChangingȱtheȱModelȱMaterial”ȱandȱ“AssigningȱaȱModelȱMaterialȱtoȱObjects,”ȱbelow).Changeȱtheȱmaterialsȱassignedȱtoȱtheȱnewȱobjectȱbeforeȱinsertingȱit,ȱsoȱthereȱisȱnoȱconflictȱwithȱtheȱsettingsȱonȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon.To change the materials assigned to an object before inserting it:1. OpenȱanotherȱObjetȱStudioȱwindow,ȱbyȱrunningȱtheȱapplicationȱfromȱtheȱWindowsȱStartȱmenu.2. Insertȱtheȱnewȱobjectȱ(objdfȱfile)ȱintoȱtheȱemptyȱbuildȱtray.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–21Stratasys P750K User Guide3. ChangeȱtheȱmaterialȱselectionȱsettingsȱonȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbonȱtoȱthoseȱusedȱonȱtheȱotherȱbuildȱtray.4. Assignȱmaterialsȱtoȱtheȱobjectȱ(seeȱ“AssigningȱaȱModelȱMaterialȱtoȱObjects”ȱonȱpage 22).5. Selectȱtheȱobjectȱandȱcopyȱit.6. DisplayȱtheȱotherȱObjetȱStudioȱwindow,ȱandȱpasteȱtheȱobjectȱontoȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Note: You can save the object with the new materials either as a new objdffile, or by saving the original file with the changes.Changing the Model Material WhenȱyouȱdesignȱaȱbuildȱtrayȱinȱObjetȱStudio,ȱyouȱcanȱuseȱmodelȱmaterialsȱthatȱmightȱnotȱbeȱcurrentlyȱinstalledȱinȱtheȱprinter.ȱBecauseȱtheȱinstalledȱmaterialsȱareȱdisplayedȱbyȱdefault,ȱchangeȱtheȱmaterialȱselectionȱsettingsȱonȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱifȱnecessary.Figure 5-25: Selecting a new model material
Using Objet Studio5–22 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Assigning a Model Material to ObjectsYouȱcanȱassignȱanyȱofȱtheȱavailableȱȱtoȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱTo assign a model material to objects:1. Selectȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱ(seeȱ“SelectingȱObjects”ȱonȱpage 18).Whenȱanȱobjectȱisȱselected,ȱitsȱproperties—includingȱmodelȱmaterials—areȱdisplayedȱonȱtheȱModelȱToolbarȱandȱonȱtheȱribbon.Figure 5-26: Object properties, on ribbon and Model Toolbar2. DisplayȱtheȱmaterialȱdropȬdownȱlistȱandȱselectȱtheȱdesiredȱmaterial.Figure 5-27: Menu for assigning materials to objectsWhenȱyouȱdeȬselectȱtheȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱitȱisȱdisplayed,ȱbyȱdefault,ȱwithȱtheȱcolorȱofȱtheȱmaterialȱyouȱselected.ȱInȱtheȱsameȱway,ȱyouȱcanȱassignȱmodelȱmaterialsȱtoȱeachȱofȱtheȱindependentȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.RibbonModel Toolbar To separate an object into independent, component parts (each an stl file), see “Splitting Objects into Components” on page 19.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–23Stratasys P750K User GuideSurface Finish Modelsȱcanȱbeȱprintedȱwithȱaȱmatteȱorȱglossyȱsurfaceȱfinish.ȱToȱcreateȱaȱmatteȱfinish,ȱtheȱprinterȱsurroundsȱmodelsȱwithȱaȱthinȱlayerȱofȱsupportȱmaterial.ȱTo set the model finish:1. Selectȱtheȱmodel.2. SelectȱMatteȱȱorȱGlossyȱinȱoneȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱplaces:•ModelȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱOptionsȱgroup•ModelȱToolbar•rightȬclickȱcontextȱmenuȱ(whenȱselectingȱtheȱmodel)YouȱcanȱconfigureȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱdistinguishȱbetweenȱobjects’ȱsurfaceȱfinishȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱbyȱcolor.ȱToȱconfigureȱhowȱObjetȱStudioȱdisplaysȱobjects,ȱseeȱ“SettingȱObjectȱColors”ȱonȱpage 41.CoatingObjects Youȱcanȱprintȱcompositeȱmodelsȱwhereȱtheȱsurfaceȱlayerȱisȱaȱdifferentȱmaterialȱthanȱtheȱinside.ȱThisȱcanȱbeȱusefulȱtoȱachieveȱuniqueȱmechanicalȱandȱtexturalȱcharacteristics.ȱThisȱtechniqueȱisȱcalledȱ“coating.”ȱTo coat an object with a different model material:1. Selectȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.2. OnȱtheȱModelȱToolbarȱorȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱclickȱ.TheȱCoatȱwithȱdialogȱboxȱopens.3. SelectȱCoat Withȱand,ȱfromȱtheȱdropȬdownȱlist,ȱselectȱtheȱcoatingȱmaterial.Figure 5-28: Coating material selected4. InȱtheȱThicknessȱfield,ȱenterȱaȱcoatingȱthicknessȱbetweenȱ0.3ȱandȱ3ȱmillimeters.Note: The coating thickness does not affect the external dimensions of the object, which remain unchanged. The coating layer replaces part of the main model material.5. ClickȱApply.Note: When you de-select objects, they are displayed, by default, with colors representing the model-material. Even after adding a coating to an object, its color remains that of the main material, not the color of the coating material.
Using Objet Studio5–24 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)To inspect, modify or remove the coating applied to an object:1. OnȱtheȱModelȱToolbarȱorȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱclickȱ.TheȱCoatȱwithȱdialogȱboxȱopens.2. Performȱoneȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱactions—•Changeȱtheȱcoatingȱsettings,ȱandȱclickȱApply.•Toȱremoveȱtheȱcoating,ȱclearȱtheȱCoatȱWithȱcheckȱboxȱandȱclickȱApply.•Toȱkeepȱtheȱcurrentȱcoatingȱsettings,ȱclickȱApplyȱorȱCancel.AssigningProperties to HiddenObjectsToȱenableȱyouȱtoȱassignȱmaterialsȱandȱotherȱpropertiesȱtoȱpartsȱofȱobjectsȱthatȱareȱhiddenȱfromȱviewȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱdisplay,ȱyouȱcanȱtemporarilyȱturnȱoffȱtheȱdisplayȱofȱsomeȱobjects.ȱTo prevent the display of objects:1. RightȬclickȱanȱobject,ȱeitherȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱorȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtree.2. Fromȱtheȱmenuȱthatȱopens,ȱselectȱoneȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱoptions—•Hide,ȱtoȱcauseȱtheȱselectedȱobjectȱtoȱdisappear.•Hide Others,ȱtoȱcauseȱallȱotherȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱtoȱdisappear,ȱsoȱthatȱonlyȱtheȱselectedȱobjectȱisȱdisplayed.Alternately,ȱyouȱcanȱclearȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱnextȱtoȱtheȱnameȱofȱtheȱobjectȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtreeȱtoȱcauseȱthatȱobjectȱtoȱdisappear.Figure 5-29: All objects displayed Figure 5-30: Outer object hidden
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–25Stratasys P750K User GuidePositioning Objects on the Build TrayToȱproduceȱmodelsȱefficientlyȱandȱwithȱtheȱrequiredȱfinish,ȱitȱisȱimportantȱtoȱcarefullyȱpositionȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱObjetȱStudioȱsupportsȱtheȱautomaticȱpositioningȱofȱobjects.ȱHowever,ȱyouȱshouldȱcheckȱtoȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱobjectsȱareȱorientatedȱoptimallyȱforȱyourȱneeds,ȱaccordingȱtoȱtheȱconsiderationsȱexplainedȱinȱ“ModelȱOrientation”ȱonȱpage 26.Twoȱthingsȱthatȱaffectȱtheȱpositioningȱofȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱareȱorientationȱandȱplacement.ȱYouȱcanȱletȱObjetȱStudioȱdetermineȱtheȱoptimumȱorientationȱandȱposition,ȱorȱyouȱcanȱcontrolȱthem.Automatic Orientation Byȱdefault,ȱObjetȱStudioȱautomaticallyȱorientsȱobjects,ȱwhenȱplacedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱforȱtheȱshortestȱprintingȱtime.ȱ(Youȱcanȱlaterȱchangeȱtheȱorientationȱmanually.)ȱHowever,ȱyouȱcanȱcancelȱautomaticȱorientationȱwhenȱplacingȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.To place an object on the build tray without automatic orientation:¾InȱtheȱInsertȱdialogȱbox,ȱmakeȱsureȱOrientȱAutomaticallyȱisȱnotȱselected.Figure 5-31: Orient Automatically option disabledYou can change the default setting, so that automatic orientation is notapplied unless you select the Orient Automatically check box each time you place an object on the build tray. To do this, see “Default Settings” on page 63.
Using Objet Studio5–26 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Automatic Placement Afterȱplacingȱseveralȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱyouȱcanȱletȱObjetȱStudioȱarrangeȱthemȱbeforeȱprinting.ȱThisȱensuresȱthatȱtheȱobjectsȱareȱpositionedȱproperly,ȱandȱthatȱtheyȱwillȱbeȱprintedȱinȱtheȱshortestȱtimeȱandȱwithȱaȱminimumȱofȱmaterial.To automatically arrange objects on the build tray:¾OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱclickȱ.or—FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselect Automatic Placement.Theȱeffectsȱofȱautomaticȱpositioningȱareȱshownȱinȱtheȱfiguresȱbelow.Figure 5-32: Tray before objects are properly arrangedFigure 5-33: Tray arrangement after applying Automatic PlacementManualPositioning Youȱcanȱchangeȱtheȱpositionȱofȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray—evenȱifȱtheyȱwereȱinsertedȱwithȱtheȱOrientȱAutomaticallyȱoption.ȱConsiderationsȱforȱpositioningȱobjectsȱareȱpresentedȱinȱ“ModelȱOrientation,”ȱbelow.ȱToolsȱforȱchangingȱtheȱpositionȱofȱobjectsȱareȱpresentedȱinȱ“ManipulatingȱObjectsȱonȱtheȱBuildȱTray”ȱonȱpage 27.Model OrientationTheȱorientationȱofȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱaffectsȱhowȱquicklyȱandȱefficientlyȱtheyȱwillȱbeȱproducedȱbyȱtheȱ3Dȱprinter,ȱwhereȱandȱhowȱmuchȱsupportȱmaterialȱisȱused,ȱandȱwhetherȱorȱnotȱmodelȱpartsȱwillȱhaveȱaȱglossyȱfinish.ȱTherefore,ȱyouȱshouldȱconsiderȱaȱvarietyȱofȱfactorsȱwhenȱdecidingȱhowȱtoȱplaceȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱtray,ȱusingȱtheȱfollowingȱpositioningȱrules.ȱX-Y-Z RuleThisȱruleȱconsidersȱaȱmodelȇsȱouterȱdimensions.¾SinceȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱmoveȱbackȱandȱforthȱalongȱtheȱXȬaxis,ȱtheȱprintingȱtimeȱalongȱthisȱaxisȱisȱrelativelyȱshort,ȱcomparedȱtoȱprintingȱtimeȱalongȱtheȱYȬaxisȱandȱZȬaxis.ȱFromȱthisȱpointȱofȱview,ȱitȱisȱadvisableȱtoȱplaceȱtheȱobjectȇsȱlargestȱdimensionȱalongȱtheȱXȬaxis.¾Anyȱsurfacesȱthatȱcomeȱintoȱcontactȱwithȱsupportȱmaterialsȱbecomeȱmatte.¾Sinceȱmodelsȱareȱbuiltȱup,ȱonȱtheȱZȬaxis,ȱinȱ16Ȭȱorȱ30Ȭmicronȱlayersȱ(accordingȱtoȱtheȱprintingȱmode),ȱitȱisȱveryȱtimeȬconsumingȱtoȱprintȱaȱtallȱobject.ȱFromȱthisȱpointȱofȱview,ȱitȱisȱadvisableȱtoȱplaceȱtheȱobjectȇsȱsmallestȱdimensionȱalongȱtheȱZȬaxis.¾Sinceȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱmeasureȱaboutȱ2ȱinchesȱ(5ȱcentimeters)ȱonȱtheȱYȬaxis,ȱmodelsȱmeasuringȱlessȱthanȱthisȱ(onȱtheȱYȬaxis)ȱareȱprintedȱinȱoneȱpass.ȱFromȱthisȱpointȱofȱview,ȱitȱisȱadvisableȱtoȱplaceȱtheȱobjectȇsȱintermediateȱdimensionȱalongȱtheȱYȬaxis.¾For best results, arrange the tray with Automatic Placement, on the TraySettings ribbon, even if you inserted the objects with the OrientAutomatically option.¾The physical characteristics of each type of Model material you use can affect the positioning of objects on the tray. Therefore, select materials before running Automatic Placement.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–27Stratasys P750K User GuideTall-Left RuleThisȱruleȱconsidersȱmodelsȱwhere,ȱafterȱbeingȱorientatedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱaccordingȱtoȱotherȱconsiderations,ȱoneȱsideȱisȱtallerȱthanȱtheȱother.¾SinceȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱmoveȱalongȱtheȱXȬaxisȱfromȱleftȱtoȱright,ȱtallerȱsectionsȱonȱtheȱrightȱrequireȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱtoȱscanȱunnecessarilyȱfromȱtheȱleftȱuntilȱreachingȱthem.ȱIf,ȱonȱtheȱotherȱhand,ȱtheȱtallerȱsectionsȱareȱpositionedȱonȱtheȱleftȱofȱtheȱtray,ȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱonlyȱhaveȱtoȱscanȱtheȱmodelȱuntilȱprintingȱtheseȱsections—onceȱtheȱlowerȱpartsȱhaveȱbeenȱcompleted.ȱTherefore,ȱyouȱshouldȱpositionȱtheȱtallerȱsideȱofȱtheȱmodel,ȱwhenȱpossible,ȱonȱtheȱleft.Recess-Up RuleThisȱruleȱconsidersȱmodelsȱcontainingȱsurfaceȱrecesses.¾Recessesȱinȱtheȱsurfaceȱ(likeȱhollows,ȱdrillȱholes,ȱetc.)ȱshould,ȱwhenȱpossible,ȱbeȱpositionedȱfaceȬup.Fine-Surface RuleThisȱruleȱconsidersȱmodelsȱthatȱhaveȱoneȱsideȱonȱwhichȱthereȱareȱfineȱdetailsȱ(likeȱtheȱkeypadȱsideȱofȱaȱtelephone).¾Theȱsideȱofȱtheȱmodelȱcontainingȱfineȱdetailsȱshould,ȱwhenȱpossible,ȱbeȱpositionedȱfaceȬup.ȱThisȱresultsȱinȱaȱsmoothȱfinish.Avoid Support-Material RuleThisȱruleȱconsidersȱmodelsȱthatȱhaveȱlargeȱholesȱorȱhollows,ȱopenȱonȱatȱleastȱoneȱsideȱ(likeȱaȱpipeȱorȱaȱcontainer).¾Itȱmayȱbeȱadvantageousȱtoȱprintȱaȱmodelȱstandingȱup,ȱsoȱsupportȱmaterialȱdoesȱnotȱfillȱtheȱhollow,ȱevenȱthoughȱprintingȱtheȱmodelȱlyingȱdownȱwouldȱbeȱmuchȱfaster.Manipulating Objects on the Build TrayPositioning Objects on the Z-AxisWhenȱyouȱuseȱtheȱautomaticȱpositioningȱoptionȱtoȱarrangeȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱ(seeȱ“AutomaticȱOrientation”ȱonȱpage 25),ȱtheȱobjectsȱareȱpositionedȱdirectlyȱonȱtheȱtray.ȱIfȱyouȱdoȱnotȱinsertȱobjectsȱwithȱautomaticȱpositioning,ȱtheyȱoftenȱappearȱeitherȱaboveȱorȱbelowȱtheȱtray.To position objects directly on the tray: 1. Selectȱtheȱobject.2. FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱLay On.The following rules are based on the fact that support material is not required on the top of the printed model.In practice, the Stratasys system prints all models on the build tray on a one-millimeter bed of support material. The importance of positioning objects directly on the build tray with Objet Studio is to correctly display the objects on the screen.
Using Objet Studio5–28 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)To ensure that objects are always positioned directly on the tray:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions,ȱandȱdisplayȱtheȱSettingsȱtab.Figure 5-34: Options dialog box, Settings tab2. InȱtheȱAutomaticȱLayȱOnȱ(Gravity)ȱsection,ȱselectȱAlways.ȱOther Z-axis options (in the Automatic Lay On section):•When under the tray—Theȱdisplayȱofȱobjectsȱthatȱareȱbelowȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱautomaticallyȱchangedȱsoȱthatȱtheȱobjectȱisȱatȱtrayȱlevel.•Never—Theȱdisplayȱofȱobjectsȱthatȱareȱaboveȱorȱbelowȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱnotȱchanged.Valid Object Placement Youȱcanȱensureȱthatȱmodelsȱdoȱnotȱoverlapȱwhenȱyouȱpositionȱthemȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱandȱthatȱtheyȱdoȱnotȱextendȱbeyondȱtheȱtray.ȱTo ensure valid object placement: 1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱConstraints Settings.Figure 5-35: Constraints Settings dialog box
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–29Stratasys P750K User Guide2. SelectȱDynamic checkȱtoȱidentify—•invalidȱobjectȱplacementȱwhileȱplacingȱobjects—OnȱDropȱselected.•invalidȱobjectȱplacementȱafterȱmovingȱobjects—WhileȱDragȱselected.•objectsȱplacedȱbeyondȱtheȱtray’sȱboundaries—OutsideȱTrayȱselected.•objectsȱthatȱoverlap—ObjectȱCollisionȱselected.Note: Because of the unique characteristics of each type of model material and finish, always check valid placement after changing the material/finish. Remember that Objet Studio calculates the space occupied by an object including the “bounding box” surrounding it (see figure 5-50 on page 38).Even if you do not use Dynamic Check when placing objects on the build tray, Objet Studio automatically checks if there is a problem with the positioning of objects on the tray before sending it to the printer. You can also manually check for problems after positioning objects (see “Tray Validation” on page 45).
Using Objet Studio5–30 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Using a Grid to Position ObjectsDisplayingȱaȱgridȱonȱtheȱimageȱofȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱcanȱbeȱusefulȱwhenȱpositioningȱobjects.ȱToȱuseȱtheȱgridȱfeatures,ȱselectȱtheȱfollowingȱmenuȱoptions.ȱYouȱcanȱreviewȱandȱconfigureȱgridȱsettings—andȱapplyȱthem—fromȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox.To view and change grid settings:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions,ȱandȱdisplayȱtheȱGridȱtab.Theȱcurrentȱgridȱsettingsȱareȱdisplayed.Figure 5-36: Options dialog box, Grid tab2. Asȱrequired,ȱchangeȱtheȱsettings,ȱandȱselectȱorȱclearȱtheȱcheckȱboxes.3. ClickȱApplyȱorȱOK.Menu Option ResultToolsȱ>ȱGrid Displaysȱaȱgridȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Toolsȱ>ȱSnapȱtoȱgrid Whenȱmovingȱtheȱobject,ȱitȱalignsȱwithȱtheȱnearestȱgridȱline.Toolsȱ>ȱOptionsȱ>ȱGrid Enablesȱyouȱtoȱchangeȱtheȱgridȱoriginȱ(XȬȱandȱYȬaxisȱmeetingȱpoint)ȱandȱappearance.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–31Stratasys P750K User GuideMeasurement Units3Dȱfilesȱcontainȱanȱobjectȇsȱproportions,ȱbutȱnotȱitsȱunitsȱofȱmeasure.ȱTherefore,ȱmakeȱsureȱtoȱcorrectlyȱselectȱeitherȱmillimetersȱorȱinchesȱwhenȱinsertingȱanȱobject.ȱOtherwise,ȱtheȱsizeȱofȱtheȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱwillȱbeȱeitherȱmuchȱtooȱlargeȱorȱmuchȱtooȱsmall.ȱTo set the measurement units when inserting an object:¾InȱtheȱInsertȱdialogȱbox,ȱUnitsȱfield,ȱselectȱMillimeterȱorȱInch:Figure 5-37: Units field in the Insert dialog boxTo change measurement units for a selected object from the Model Settings ribbon:1. OpenȱtheȱUnitsȱflyoutȱtoolbar.Figure 5-38: Units flyout toolbar2. Selectȱtheȱmeasurementȱunitsȱdesired.To change measurement units for a selected object from the standard toolbar:1. FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱChange Units.Figure 5-39: Model Units dialog box2. InȱtheȱModelȱUnitsȱdialogȱbox,ȱchangeȱtheȱsettingȱandȱclickȱOK.
Using Objet Studio5–32 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Setting Model Dimensions Youȱcanȱchangeȱanȱobject’sȱdimensionsȱbyȱchangingȱitsȱsizeȱonȱtheȱXȬ,ȱYȬ,ȱandȱZȬaxes,ȱfromȱtheȱDimensionsȱgroupȱonȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon.Figure 5-40: Dimensions on the Model Settings ribbon•IfȱUniformȱScaleȱisȱenabled,ȱchangingȱtheȱobject’sȱdimensionȱonȱoneȱaxisȱaffectsȱtheȱotherȱdimensions,ȱproportionately.•Afterȱchangingȱaȱmeasurement,ȱpressȱEnterȱorȱclickȱinȱanotherȱfieldȱinȱtheȱDimensionsȱgroup.Note: You can change the height of the objects on the build tray only if this is allowed by the Objet Studio settings (see “Positioning Objects on the Z-Axis” on page 27).Repositioning Objects Youȱcanȱmanuallyȱmoveȱandȱrotateȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱwithȱtheȱarrowȱkeys,ȱorȱbyȱdraggingȱitȱwithȱtheȱmouse.To manually manipulate an object:1. Selectȱanȱobjectȱbyȱclickingȱitȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱorȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtreeȱpane.ȱ2. ClickȱȱonȱtheȱModelȱToolbar,ȱorȱonȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon.Aȱframeȱappearsȱaroundȱtheȱobject,ȱandȱtheȱcursorȱchangesȱtoȱindicateȱthatȱtheȱobjectȱcanȱbeȱmoved.Figure 5-41: Manually moving an object
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–33Stratasys P750K User Guide3. Ifȱyouȱclickȱonȱaȱcornerȱofȱtheȱframe,ȱtheȱcursorȱchangesȱtoȱindicateȱthatȱtheȱobjectȱcanȱbeȱrotated.Figure 5-42: Manually rotating an object4. Manipulateȱtheȱobjectȱwithȱtheȱarrowȱkeysȱorȱwithȱtheȱmouse.Using the TransformDialog Box YouȱcanȱmakeȱpreciseȱchangesȱtoȱanȱobjectȱbyȱchangingȱtheȱpropertiesȱinȱtheȱTransformȱdialogȱbox.To access the Transform dialog box (when an object is selected):•ClickȱȱonȱtheȱModelȱToolbarȱorȱonȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon.•FromȱtheȱrightȬclickȱcontextȱmenu,ȱselectȱTransform.•FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱTransform.Figure 5-43: Transform dialog boxTo change an object with the Transform dialog box:¾Changeȱanyȱofȱtheȱvalues,ȱthenȱclickȱApplyȱtoȱseeȱhowȱtheȱobjectȱchangesȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱNote: The changed values remain in the dialog box after clicking Apply.Therefore, you can make small changes to values in the dialog box to see how the object changes on screen each time you click Apply.To reset all of the values in the dialog box:¾ClickȱReset.Note:The object does not change. Any changes previously applied remain.To undo all changes made with the Transform dialog box:¾ClickȱCancel Actions.After closing the Transform dialog box, clicking Undo (on the Model Settingsribbon or from the Edit menu) cancels all changes made with the dialog box.
Using Objet Studio5–34 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Changing an Object’s OrientationThereȱareȱseveralȱmethodsȱforȱchangingȱtheȱorientationȱofȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.To rotate an object:¾SelectȱtheȱobjectȱandȱuseȱtheȱObjectȱmenuȱoptionsȱ(seeȱalsoȱ“RepositioningȱObjects”ȱonȱpage 32).To re-align an object’s plane:1. OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱorȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon—a. ClickȱtheȱiconȱinȱtheȱSelectionȱgroup:ȱȱorȱ.b. Onȱtheȱflyoutȱtoolbar,ȱclickȱtheȱSelectȱPlaneȱicon:or—FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱPlane Alignment > Select Plane.2. Clickȱonȱpartȱofȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Theȱselectedȱplaneȱisȱdisplayed.Figure 5-44: Aligning by planeAlignment toolbarSelected plane
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–35Stratasys P750K User Guide3. OnȱtheȱAlignmentȱtoolbar,ȱclickȱanȱappropriateȱiconȱtoȱchangeȱtheȱalignment.ȱor—FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱPlane Alignment,ȱandȱselectȱanȱalignmentȱoption.Figure 5-45: Tools menu, Plane Alignment optionsTo cancel plane selection after re-aligning objects on the build tray:¾OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱorȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon—a. ClickȱtheȱiconȱinȱtheȱSelectionȱgroup:ȱȱorȱ.b. Onȱtheȱflyoutȱtoolbar,ȱclickȱtheȱSelectȱElementȱorȱSelectȱGroupȱicon:or—¾FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱPlane Alignment > Select Plane.To flip an object 180 degrees on any axis:1. Selectȱtheȱobject.2. FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱFlip > Flip X / Flip Y / Flip Z.To make precise changes to the object’s orientation on any axis:1. Selectȱtheȱobject.ȱ2. DisplayȱtheȱTransformȱdialogȱboxȱ(seeȱfigure 5Ȭ43ȱonȱpage 33).3. ChangeȱtheȱRotateȱparametersȱforȱeachȱaxis.
Using Objet Studio5–36 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Grouping and Ungrouping ObjectsYouȱcanȱmanipulateȱtwoȱorȱmoreȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱatȱtheȱsameȱtime.•SelectingȱmultipleȱobjectsManipulatingȱdoneȱtoȱoneȱobjectȱaffectsȱallȱselectedȱobjects.ȱForȱexample,ȱturningȱoneȱobjectȱonȱitsȱaxisȱcausesȱallȱselectedȱobjectsȱtoȱturnȱonȱtheirȱrespectiveȱaxes.•ConvertingȱtheȱobjectsȱtoȱanȱassemblySeparateȱobjectsȱbecomeȱpartsȱofȱoneȱunit.ȱForȱexample,ȱturningȱtheȱassemblyȱonȱitsȱaxisȱcausesȱallȱitsȱcomponentȱpartsȱtoȱturnȱasȱoneȱunit.To convert objects to an assembly:1. Selectȱtheȱobjectsȱ(seeȱ“SelectingȱObjects”ȱonȱpage 18)2. FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱGroup to Assembly.Inȱtheȱmodelȱtree,ȱtheȱobjectsȱnowȱappearȱasȱchildrenȱofȱaȱparentȱ(assembly).ȱFigure 5-46: Assembly in the model treeAfterȱcreatingȱanȱassembly,ȱyouȱcanȱsaveȱitȱasȱanȱobjdfȱfile,ȱforȱreȬuse.ȱ(Savingȱtheȱassemblyȱisȱnotȱnecessaryȱforȱmanipulatingȱandȱprintingȱit.)To save an assembly:1. Selectȱtheȱassemblyȱ(eitherȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱorȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtree).2. FromȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,selectȱSave As.3. Inȱthe SaveȱAsȱdialogȱbox,ȱselectȱtheȱobjdfȱformat,ȱchooseȱaȱlocation,ȱnameȱtheȱfile,ȱandȱclickȱSave.To separate assemblies into individual objects (stl files):1. Selectȱtheȱassemblyȱ(eitherȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱorȱinȱtheȱmodelȱtree).2. FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱUngroup.Inȱtheȱmodelȱtree,ȱtheȱelementsȱareȱnotȱpartsȱofȱanȱassembly.Figure 5-47: Separate objects in the model tree
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–37Stratasys P750K User GuideFreezing Model Orientation Ifȱyouȱmanipulateȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱyouȱcanȱfreezeȱitsȱorientationȱsoȱthatȱitȱdoesȱnotȱchangeȱwhenȱyouȱpositionȱitȱautomaticallyȱ(seeȱ“AutomaticȱPlacement”ȱonȱpage 26).To freeze an object:1. Selectȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.2. OnȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱManipulateȱgroup,ȱorȱonȱtheȱModelȱToolbar,ȱclickȱ.To unfreeze an object:¾Selectȱtheȱobjectȱandȱclickȱȱ(toȱdeȬselectȱit).Display OptionsViewingObjects FromȱtheȱViewȱmenu,ȱyouȱcanȱchangeȱtheȱwayȱobjectsȱareȱdisplayed.ȱTheȱdefaultȱmethodȱforȱdisplayingȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱasȱsolidȱ(“shaded”)ȱobjects.ȱFigure 5-48: Tray and model displayed in Shaded viewTheȱotherȱdisplayȱoptionsȱareȱWireFrameȱandȱPoints.To display the build tray in WireFrame view:¾FromȱtheȱViewȱmenu,ȱselectȱWireFrame.Figure 5-49: Tray and model displayed in WireFrame viewTo revert to the shaded view:¾FromȱtheȱViewȱmenu,ȱselect Shaded.
Using Objet Studio5–38 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)To display objects as boxes, showing their maximum dimensions instead of their shape:¾FromȱtheȱViewȱmenu,ȱselect Display Bounding Box.Figure 5-50: Model displayed with bounding boxTo display the area around objects needed for support material (to produce a matte finish):¾FromȱtheȱViewȱmenu,ȱselect Display Thickening Box.Figure 5-51: Model displayed with thickening boxTo display the maximum build height:¾FromȱtheȱViewȱmenu,ȱselectȱDisplay Tray 3D Box.Figure 5-52: Tray 3D BoxTo display objects without the build tray:¾FromȱtheȱViewȱmenu,ȱclearȱ(deȬselect)ȱtheȱDisplayȱTrayȱoption.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–39Stratasys P750K User GuideScreen Layout ObjetȱStudioȱautomaticallyȱadjustsȱtheȱdefaultȱscreenȱlayoutȱtoȱdisplayȱtheȱoptimumȱviewsȱofȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱandȱtheȱmodelȱtree.ȱYouȱcanȱviewȱmodelsȱfromȱdifferentȱperspectivesȱbyȱchangingȱtheȱscreenȱlayout.To change the screen layout:¾OnȱtheȱViewȱflyoutȱtoolbar,ȱselectȱSingle View,ȱorȱ4 Views.Figure 5-53: Screen layout iconsSingle View ȱisȱtheȱdefaultȱscreenȱlayout.4 Viewsȱȱdisplaysȱperspective,ȱtop,ȱfrontȱandȱrightȱviews.Figure 5-54: Single-view screen layoutFigure 5-55: 4-view screen layoutTray Perspective Theȱdefaultȱperspectiveȱofȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱ“isometric.”ȱYouȱcanȱchangeȱtheȱperspectiveȱofȱtheȱactiveȱwindowȱwithȱoneȱofȱtenȱoptions.To change the perspective of the build tray in the active window:1. OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱopenȱtheȱPerspectiveȱflyoutȱtoolbar.Figure 5-56: Perspective flyout toolbar2. Clickȱtheȱiconȱthatȱrepresentsȱtheȱdesiredȱperspective.
Using Objet Studio5–40 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Tray Positioning Toȱviewȱtheȱtrayȱandȱmodelsȱfromȱdifferentȱdirections,ȱyouȱcanȱmoveȱtheȱtrayȱaroundȱtheȱscreenȱandȱchangeȱitsȱdisplayȱangle.To move the tray in the Objet Studio screen:¾Pressȱtheȱmouseȱwheelȱwhileȱmovingȱtheȱmouse.Figure 5-57: Tray after moving it in the Objet Studio displayTo manually rotate the tray:¾PressȱAltȱandȱpressȱtheȱmouseȱwheelȱwhileȱmovingȱtheȱmouse.Figure 5-58: Tray after rotating it upside-down
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–41Stratasys P750K User GuideSetting Object Colors Theȱcolorȱofȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱcanȱindicateȱhowȱtheyȱareȱprinted.ȱObjetȱStudioȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱchooseȱtheȱcolorȱdisplayȱsoȱthatȱyouȱcanȱeasilyȱseeȱtheȱmaterial,ȱsurfaceȱandȱcoatingȱofȱobjects.To choose how colors are applied on the display:¾OnȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱColorsȱgroup,ȱselectȱoneȱofȱtheȱoptionsȱfromȱtheȱflyoutȱtoolbar.Figure 5-59: Colors display optionsLoading Large Files Veryȱlargeȱstlȱfilesȱcanȱbeȱslowȱtoȱloadȱandȱmayȱbeȱdifficultȱtoȱmanipulateȱeasilyȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱIfȱthisȱisȱtheȱcase,ȱyouȱcanȱdisplayȱjustȱanȱimageȱofȱtheȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱwithoutȱloadingȱtheȱentireȱfile.ȱTheȱstlȱfileȱitselfȱisȱnotȱchanged,ȱandȱtheȱcompleteȱfileȱisȱsentȱtoȱtheȱprinter.To display an image of stl files when you place objects on the build tray:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions,ȱandȱdisplayȱtheȱSettingsȱtab.Figure 5-60: Options dialog box, Settings tab2. InȱtheȱLargeȱFilesȱsection,ȱselectȱLoad Partial (reduced).ȱColor Indicates Model materialColor indicates Model surfaceColor indicates if coating is usedBefore sending a build tray to the printer, or when you perform tray validation, Objet Studio checks if there is a problem with the stl files or the positioning of objects on the tray. If so, the affected objects are displayed with special colors (see “Tray Validation” on page 45).
Using Objet Studio5–42 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Large File Manipulation Ifȱyouȱneedȱtoȱworkȱwithȱaȱdetailedȱmodelȱthatȱisȱcomposedȱofȱaȱlargeȱnumberȱofȱpolygons,ȱyouȱcanȱspeedȱupȱitsȱdisplayȱandȱmanipulationȱinȱObjetȱStudioȱbyȱreducingȱtheȱnumberȱofȱpolygonsȱonȱtheȱscreen.ȱAlthoughȱthisȱmayȱreduceȱtheȱresolutionȱonȱtheȱscreen,ȱitȱhasȱnoȱaffectȱonȱtheȱprintedȱmodels.Figure 5-61: Object displayed without polygon reductionFigure 5-62: Object displayed with only five percent of its polygons showingTo use polygon reduction:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions.or—FromȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱclickȱOptions.2. InȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox,ȱdisplayȱtheȱDisplayȱtab.Figure 5-63: Options dialog box, Display tab3. SelectȱEnable Polygon Reduction.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–43Stratasys P750K User Guide4. SelectȱPolygon Reduction (Percent).5. Enterȱtheȱpercentageȱofȱtotalȱpolygonsȱtoȱdisplay.WhenȱyouȱclickȱApply,ȱtheȱdisplayȱchanges.Note: The setting affects the static display (when the object is not being moved).6. Setȱdisplayȱoptionsȱwhenȱtheȱobjectȱisȱbeingȱmovedȱ(Displayȱwhileȱchangingȱview):•BoundingȱBox—Aȱboxȱrepresentingȱtheȱobject’sȱmaximumȱdimensionsȱisȱdisplayed.•AdaptiveȱPolygonȱReduction—Varyingȱdegreesȱofȱpolygonȱreductionȱareȱapplied,ȱasȱnecessary.•EntireȱObject—Noȱpolygonȱreductionȱisȱapplied.7. Toȱsaveȱtheseȱsettings,ȱsoȱthatȱtheyȱwillȱbeȱappliedȱeveryȱtimeȱyouȱplaceȱthisȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱclickȱSave Polygon Reduction Data.8. ClickȱApplyȱtoȱseeȱtheȱresultsȱofȱtheȱsettingsȱwithoutȱclosingȱtheȱdialogȱbox.Object displayoptions Theȱdisplayȱformatȱaffectsȱhowȱquicklyȱobjectsȱdisplay.ȱForȱexample,ȱifȱyouȱselectȱBounding Box,ȱobjectsȱdisplayȱfasterȱthanȱtheyȱdoȱwhenȱyouȱselectȱEntire Object.ȱYouȱcanȱchooseȱdisplayȱformatsȱforȱobjectsȱwhenȱtheyȱareȱstationaryȱ(staticȱview)ȱandȱforȱwhenȱyouȱareȱdraggingȱthemȱ(changingȱview).To select the object display preference while changing view, and in static view:1. Selectȱtoȱdisplayȱobjects:•WithȱaȱBoundingȱBoxȱ(seeȱfigure 5Ȭ50ȱonȱpage 38)•WithȱAdaptiveȱPolygonȱReductionȱ(changingȱviewȱonly)•WithȱPolygonȱReductionȱ(staticȱviewȱonly)•EntireȱObject2. ClickȱOKȱwhenȱdone.Selecting the Entire Object option cancels polygon reduction.
Using Objet Studio5–44 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Zoom Options Whileȱmanipulatingȱobjects,ȱyouȱoftenȱneedȱtoȱviewȱthemȱatȱdifferentȱzoomȱlevels.ȱTo change the zoom level:¾Onȱtheȱribbon,ȱopenȱtheȱZoomȱflyoutȱtoolbarȱandȱselectȱanȱoption:Figure 5-64: Zoom flyout toolbarZoomȱObjectȱfocusesȱonȱtheȱselectedȱobject.ZoomȱTrayȱdisplaysȱtheȱwholeȱtray.ZoomȱbyȱRectangleȱallowsȱyouȱtoȱdisplayȱaȱsectionȱofȱtheȱtrayȱbyȱselectingȱitȱwithȱtheȱmouse.ȱYouȱcanȱalsoȱzoomȱinȱandȱzoomȱoutȱwithȱtheȱmouseȱwheel.Zoom ObjectZoom TrayZoom by RectangleYou can configure Objet Studio to automatically zoom in on the objects placed on the build tray. See “Automatic Zoom” on page 63.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–45Stratasys P750K User GuideHandling Completed TraysAfterȱyouȱhaveȱproperlyȱplacedȱallȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱyouȱsaveȱtheȱtrayȱasȱanȱobjtfȱfile,ȱwhichȱisȱsentȱtoȱtheȱ3Dȱprinterȱforȱproduction.ȱButȱbeforeȱsavingȱtheȱtray,ȱyouȱcanȱcheckȱthatȱthereȱwouldȱbeȱnoȱproblemȱproducingȱit.ȱYouȱcanȱalsoȱcalculateȱhowȱmuchȱmaterialȱwouldȱbeȱconsumedȱduringȱproductionȱandȱhowȱmuchȱtimeȱthisȱwouldȱtake.Tray Validation Beforeȱsendingȱaȱjobȱtoȱtheȱprinterȱforȱproduction,ȱyouȱshouldȱcheckȱthatȱtheȱtrayȱisȱ“valid”ȱandȱcanȱbeȱprinted.Note: Because of the unique characteristics of each type of modeling material, make sure that the correct material is selected beforeperforming Tray Validation.To validate that the tray can be printed:¾OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱBuildȱProcessȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.or—FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱPlacement Validation.Ifȱtheȱtrayȱisȱnotȱvalid,ȱtheȱcolorȱofȱtheȱproblematicȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱtrayȱchangesȱaccordingȱtoȱaȱpreȬsetȱcode.Figure 5-65: Color codeNote: The “Both” color also indicates a problematic stl file.Theȱvalidationȱstatusȱappearsȱonȱtheȱbarȱatȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱscreen.Figure 5-66: Validation details in status bar
Using Objet Studio5–46 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)ProductionEstimates ObjetȱStudioȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱcalculateȱtheȱtimeȱandȱmaterialȱresourcesȱneededȱforȱproducingȱtraysȱbeforeȱsendingȱthemȱtoȱtheȱprinter.ȱTheȱtimeȱitȱtakesȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱperformȱthisȱcalculationȱdependsȱonȱtheȱnumberȱofȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱtrayȱandȱtheirȱcomplexity.ȱCalculatingȱtheȱproductionȱestimateȱforȱaȱfullȱtrayȱcouldȱtakeȱupȱtoȱ15ȱminutes,ȱdependingȱonȱyourȱcomputer’sȱspecifications.ȱTo calculate the time and materials needed for producing the current tray:¾OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱBuildȱProcessȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.Whileȱtheȱestimateȱisȱbeingȱcalculated,ȱaȱprogressȱbarȱisȱdisplayed—onȱtheȱrightȱsideȱofȱtheȱstatusȱbarȱ(atȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱscreen).ȱFigure 5-67: Estimate progress barWhenȱObjetȱStudioȱfinishesȱcalculatingȱtheȱproductionȱresources,ȱtheȱresultsȱareȱdisplayedȱinȱaȱdialogȱbox.Figure 5-68: Production resource calculations for different printing modesAsȱshownȱinȱtheȱProductionȱEstimatesȱdialogȱbox,ȱtheȱresourcesȱneededȱforȱproducingȱtheȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱtrayȱdependȱonȱtheȱprintingȱmodeȱusedȱbyȱtheȱprinterȱwhenȱproducingȱtheȱjob.ȱYouȱmightȱwantȱtoȱconsiderȱtheseȱestimatesȱwhenȱdecidingȱonȱtheȱprintingȱmodeȱ(seeȱbelow),ȱandȱwhetherȱorȱnotȱtoȱallowȱusingȱsubstituteȱmodelȱmaterialsȱwhenȱprintingȱtheȱjob.ȱNote: You select the printing mode and material substitute options after you send the build tray to the printer (see “Printing the Tray File” on page 48).Cancel
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–47Stratasys P750K User GuidePrinting Modes Stratasysȱprintersȱcanȱbuildȱmodelsȱusingȱthreeȱpossibleȱprintingȱmodes.HQ (High Quality) Mode—•Modelsȱareȱprintedȱinȱ16Ȭmicronȱlayers,ȱresultingȱinȱsmoothȱsurfaces,ȱsuitableȱforȱproducingȱfineȬdetailedȱandȱdelicateȱitems.•Almostȱtwiceȱasȱmuchȱtimeȱisȱrequiredȱtoȱprintȱmostȱtrays,ȱcomparedȱtoȱtheȱHigh Speedȱsetting.•Thisȱsettingȱisȱonlyȱavailableȱwhenȱmodelȱmaterialȱcanȱbeȱusedȱinȱfourȱprintȱheads,ȱinȱsingleȬmaterialȱprinting.HS (High Speed) Mode—•Modelsȱareȱproducedȱinȱ30Ȭmicronȱlayers,ȱsuitableȱforȱproducingȱlargerȱmodels.•Muchȱlessȱtimeȱisȱrequiredȱtoȱprintȱmostȱtrays,ȱcomparedȱtoȱtheȱHigh Qualityȱsetting.•Thisȱsettingȱisȱonlyȱavailableȱwhenȱmodelȱmaterialȱcanȱbeȱusedȱinȱfourȱprintȱheads,ȱinȱsingleȬmaterialȱprinting.Digital Material Mode—•Usedȱwhenȱproducingȱtraysȱdesignedȱtoȱbeȱfabricatedȱfromȱ.•Usedȱwhenȱproducingȱaȱtrayȱcontainingȱtwoȱorȱmoreȱmodels,ȱeachȱdesignedȱtoȱbeȱmadeȱfromȱaȱdifferentȱ(single)ȱmodelȱmaterial.•Usedȱwhenȱproducingȱmodelsȱfromȱonlyȱoneȱofȱtheȱmodelȱmaterialsȱloadedȱinȱtheȱprinterȱbyȱprintingȱwithȱonlyȱtwoȱofȱtheȱprintȱheads.ȱ•Modelsȱareȱproducedȱinȱ30Ȭmicronȱlayers,ȱbutȱtheȱprintingȱisȱnearȬhighȱquality.•PrintingȱtimeȱisȱsimilarȱtoȱprintingȱtimeȱinȱHighȱQualityȱmode.AlthoughȱprintingȱtimeȱisȱlongerȱthanȱwithȱHighȱSpeedȱmode,ȱDigitalȱMaterialȱmodeȱcanȱmakeȱmaterialȱreplacementȱunnecessary—savingȱbothȱtimeȱandȱtheȱcostȱofȱwastedȱmodelȱmaterial.Youȱcanȱseeȱestimatesȱofȱtimeȱandȱmaterialȱresourcesȱneededȱforȱprintingȱtraysȱusingȱtheȱdifferentȱprintingȱmodesȱ(seeȱ“ProductionȱEstimates”ȱonȱpage 46).ȱYouȱalsoȱseeȱtheseȱproductionȱestimatesȱwhenȱyouȱsendȱtheȱtrayȱtoȱtheȱprinter.ȱAtȱthatȱtime,ȱyouȱcanȱselectȱtheȱprintingȱmode,ȱincludingȱanȱoptionȱthatȱenablesȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱprintȱtheȱtrayȱbyȱtheȱmostȱefficientȱmethodȱ(seeȱ“PrintingȬModeȱSelection”ȱonȱpage 48).Single-material printing: All print heads print models without regard to the source of the model material. This happens in the following situations:¾All print heads are supplied with one model material.¾Each pair of print heads is supplied with a different model material, but models are printed as if they were the same material. The result is an arbitrary mixture of materials in the printed model.Digital Material Mode is selected automatically when more than one model material is assigned to objects on the tray.
Using Objet Studio5–48 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)E-mailing Objet Digital FilesYouȱcanȱeasilyȱeȬmailȱobjdfȱfilesȱusingȱMicrosoft®ȱOfficeȱOutlook®.ȱSendingȱobjdfȱfilesȱisȱrecommendedȱ(insteadȱofȱstlȱfiles)ȱbecauseȱtheȱsizeȱofȱaȱfileȱisȱtypicallyȱreducedȱbyȱmoreȱthanȱhalf.ȱAnȱaddedȱbenefitȱisȱthatȱtheȱobjdfȱfileȱcontainsȱtheȱmodelȬmaterialȱinformationȱforȱtheȱobject.To e-mail a file:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱEmail Objet Digital File.OutlookȱopensȱwithȱtheȱfileȱattachedȱandȱSubjectȱdetailsȱaddedȱtoȱtheȱeȬmailȱform.2. EnterȱtheȱeȬmailȱaddressȱandȱsendȱtheȱfile.Printing the Tray File Whenȱaȱtrayȱisȱreadyȱtoȱbeȱprinted,ȱitȱisȱplacedȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueue.ȱWhenȱtheȱjobȱreachesȱtheȱheadȱofȱtheȱqueue,ȱObjetȱStudioȱpreȬprocessesȱtheȱtrayȱfileȱtoȱcreateȱslices,ȱandȱfeedsȱthemȱtoȱtheȱ3Dȱprinter.To send the tray to the print queue:1. OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱBuildȱProcessȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.•Ifȱprintingȱtheȱtrayȱrequiresȱȱ(DigitalȱMaterialȱmode),ȱtheȱJobȱSummaryȱdialogȱboxȱopens.ȱFigure 5-69: Job Summary when printing with multiple model materialsNote:The values displayed are the result of a quick calculation, and represent a rough estimate of the materials and time input required to print the job. For a more accurate calculation, click Fine Estimation.Continueȱwithȱstepȱ4ȱonȱpage 5Ȭ50.•Ifȱprintingȱtheȱtrayȱrequiresȱonlyȱoneȱmodelȱmaterial,ȱtheȱPrintingȱModeȱSelectionȱdialogȱboxȱopens.Figure 5-70: Printing Mode Selection dialog boxNote:The values displayed are the result of a quick calculation, and represent a rough estimate of the materials and time input required to print the job. For a more accurate calculation, click Fine Estimation.Printing-ModeSelection 2. Selectȱtheȱappropriateȱprintingȱmode.•IfȱyouȱrequireȱtheȱjobȱtoȱbeȱprintedȱinȱHighȱQualityȱmode,ȱselectȱthisȱoption.Note:The availability of High Quality mode depends on the material selected.•IfȱyouȱrequireȱtheȱjobȱtoȱbeȱprintedȱinȱHighȱSpeedȱmode,ȱselectȱthisȱoption.•IfȱyouȱdoȱnotȱrequireȱtheȱjobȱtoȱbeȱprintedȱeitherȱinȱHighȱQualityȱorȱHighȱSpeedȱmode,ȱselectȱAutomatic.ȱ
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–49Stratasys P750K User GuideThisȱsettingȱenablesȱtheȱStratasysȱsoftwareȱtoȱdetermineȱ(justȱbeforeȱprinting)ȱtheȱmostȱefficientȱwayȱtoȱprintȱtheȱtray.ȱDigitalȱMaterialȱmodeȱisȱusedȱifȱthisȱremovesȱtheȱneedȱtoȱperformȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱprocedure.ȱOtherwise,ȱHighȱSpeedȱmodeȱisȱused.Forȱexample,ȱifȱprintingȱtheȱtrayȱrequiresȱonlyȱoneȱofȱtheȱmodelȱmaterialsȱloadedȱinȱtheȱprinter,ȱonlyȱtheȱtwoȱprintȱheadsȱusingȱthatȱmaterialȱareȱusedȱtoȱprintȱmodels—DigitalȱMaterialȱmode.ȱ(HighȱQualityȱandȱHighȱSpeedȱmodesȱcallȱforȱprintingȱmodelȱmaterialȱwithȱfourȱheads,ȱwhichȱwouldȱrequireȱyouȱtoȱperformȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱprocedure.)Onȱtheȱotherȱhand,ȱifȱprintingȱtheȱtrayȱcanȱbeȱdoneȱusingȱfourȱprintȱheadsȱwithoutȱrunningȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱprocedure,ȱHighȱSpeedȱmodeȱisȱused.ȱThisȱisȱpossibleȱifȱallȱprintȱheadsȱareȱsuppliedȱwithȱoneȱmodelȱmaterial,ȱorȱifȱyouȱallowȱprintingȱwithȱanȱarbitraryȱmixtureȱofȱsimilarȱmaterialsȱ(seeȱbelow).3. ClickȱNext.TheȱModelȱMaterialȱSubstitutionȱdialogȱboxȱopens—ifȱthisȱisȱrelevantȱforȱtheȱtray.ȱ(Ifȱnot,ȱtheȱJobȱSummaryȱdialogȱboxȱopens—continueȱwithȱstep 4.)Model MaterialSubstitutionFigure 5-71: Model Material Substitution dialog boxIfȱyouȱallowȱtheȱuseȱofȱsubstituteȱmodelȱmaterials,ȱtheȱprinterȱwillȱuseȱdifferentȱmaterialsȱwhoseȱcharacteristicsȱ(strength,ȱflexibility,ȱetc.)ȱareȱsimilarȱtoȱthoseȱofȱtheȱmaterialȱyouȱassignedȱtoȱtheȱobjectȱwhenȱdesigningȱtheȱbuildȱtray—underȱtheȱfollowingȱconditions:•Theȱmaterialȱyouȱassignedȱisȱnotȱinstalledȱinȱtheȱprinterȱatȱtheȱtimeȱofȱprinting.Inȱthisȱcase,ȱtheȱtrayȱisȱprintedȱwithȱeitherȱoneȱorȱtwoȱsubstituteȱmaterialsȱ(dependingȱonȱtheȱmaterialsȱinstalledȱinȱtheȱprinterȱatȱtheȱtimeȱofȱprinting).ȱIfȱpossible,ȱHighȱSpeedȱmodeȱisȱused.•Inȱadditionȱtoȱtheȱmaterialȱyouȱselected,ȱthereȱisȱanotherȱ(similar)ȱmaterialȱinstalledȱinȱtheȱprinterȱatȱtheȱtimeȱofȱprinting.Inȱthisȱcase,ȱHighȱSpeedȱmodeȱisȱused,ȱbyȱprintingȱwithȱaȱmixtureȱofȱtheȱtwoȱmaterialsȱ(asȱifȱtheyȱwereȱtheȱsameȱmaterial).Model Quality When Digital Material Mode is Used¾Near-high-quality is achieved for most models. ¾Ifall objects on the tray are inserted from individual stl files, they are printed with the standard resolution of 600 dpi (dots per inch) along the Y-axis—unless glossy finish is required (see “Surface Finish” on page 23).¾If there is an assembly on the tray, all of the models on the tray are printed with a resolution of 300 dpi along the Y-axis.
Using Objet Studio5–50 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)4. ClickȱBuild.Ifȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱfileȱhasȱnotȱbeenȱsaved,ȱtheȱSaveȱAsȱdialogȱboxȱopensȱforȱyouȱtoȱsaveȱitȱnow.ObjetȱStudioȱchecksȱifȱthereȱisȱaȱproblemȱwithȱtheȱpositioningȱofȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱtray.ȱIfȱso,ȱtheȱaffectedȱobjectsȱareȱdisplayedȱwithȱspecialȱcolorsȱ(seeȱ“TrayȱValidation”ȱonȱpage 45),ȱandȱaȱwarningȱmessageȱappears.Figure 5-72: Tray validation warning message•ToȱcancelȱtheȱBuildȱcommandȱsoȱyouȱcanȱcorrectȱtheȱproblem,ȱclickȱNo.•Toȱprintȱtheȱmodelsȱasȱtheyȱareȱpositionedȱonȱtheȱtray,ȱclickȱYes.TheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱopens,ȱsoȱyouȱcanȱmonitorȱtheȱprogressȱofȱyourȱtrays—before,ȱduring,ȱandȱafterȱprinting.ȱSeeȱ“MonitoringȱandȱManagingȱPrintȱJobs”ȱonȱpage 68.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–51Stratasys P750K User GuideApplying Additional Objet Studio FeaturesDividing Objects YouȱcanȱuseȱtheȱSplitȱObjectȱfeatureȱtoȱproduceȱobjectsȱlargerȱthanȱtheȱtrayȱareaȱbyȱdividingȱtheȱmodelȱintoȱseparateȱparts.ȱWithȱthisȱfeature,ȱyouȱproduceȱonlyȱaȱspecificȱsectionȱofȱaȱmodel.To split an object:1. Selectȱtheȱobject.2. FromȱtheȱObjectȱmenu,ȱselectȱSplit.3. InȱtheȱSplitȱObjectȱdialogȱbox,ȱenterȱtheȱvaluesȱtoȱdetermineȱhowȱObjetȱStudioȱwillȱdivideȱtheȱobject.ȱYouȱcanȱdivideȱanȱobjectȱalongȱanyȱofȱitsȱaxes,ȱbyȱenteringȱeitherȱexactȱmeasurementsȱorȱtheȱnumberȱofȱparts.Figure 5-73: Split Object dialog box4. InȱSaveȱtoȱFolder,ȱenterȱtheȱfolderȱname.5. ClickȱOK.Theȱcompositeȱpartsȱareȱsavedȱasȱnewȱstlȱfilesȱwithȱ“Partȱ1,”ȱ“Partȱ2,”ȱetc.,ȱaddedȱtoȱtheȱoriginalȱfileȱname.Note: Before printing the newly created stl files, it is recommended that you check them for defects in an STL-repair application, such as Magics™, by Materialise®.
Using Objet Studio5–52 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Choosing the SupportStrengthWhenȱproducingȱmodels,ȱsupportȱmaterialȱfillsȱsomeȱhollowȱandȱemptyȱsectionsȱ(seeȱ“ModelȱOrientation”ȱonȱpage 26).ȱObjetȱStudioȱallowsȱyouȱtoȱadjustȱtheȱstrengthȱofȱtheȱstructureȱformedȱwithȱtheȱsupportȱmaterial.ȱThisȱadjustmentȱisȱusefulȱwhenȱproducingȱeitherȱlarge/massiveȱmodelsȱorȱsmall/delicateȱmodels.ȱForȱmostȱpurposes,ȱtheȱdefaultȱsettingȱprovidesȱadequateȱsupportȱstrength.To change the strength of the support structure used when printing a model:1. Selectȱaȱmodelȱonȱtheȱtray.2. OnȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱOptionsȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.or—•OnȱtheȱModelȱToolbar,ȱclickȱ.or—•FromȱtheȱrightȬclickȱcontextȱmenu,ȱselectȱAdvanced Properties.TheȱAdvancedȱPropertiesȱdialogȱboxȱopens.Figure 5-74: Advanced Properties dialog box3. InȱtheȱGridȱStyleȱsection,ȱchooseȱtheȱsupportȱstrengthȱsuitableȱforȱtheȱselectedȱmodel.ȱYouȱcanȱselectȱaȱdifferentȱsupportȱstrengthȱforȱeachȱmodelȱonȱtheȱtray.•Standard—forȱmodelsȱneedingȱaverageȱsupportȱ(mostȱmodels).•Heavy—forȱlargeȱmodelsȱneedingȱmuchȱsupport.•Lite—forȱdelicateȱmodelsȱneedingȱlittleȱsupport.ȱ(Thisȱsettingȱmakesȱitȱeasyȱtoȱremoveȱtheȱsupportȱmaterial.)Note: If an object is split into shells, the Advanced Properties enabled vary with the object selection. If a single element is selected only Hollowis enabled. If a group of elements is selected only Grid Style is enabled.4. ClickȱApply.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–53Stratasys P750K User Guide“Hollow”— Filling Models with Support MaterialManyȱobjectsȱplacedȱonȱtheȱtrayȱfromȱstlȱfilesȱareȱ“solid.”ȱThisȱmeansȱthat,ȱwhenȱprinted,ȱtheȱmodelȱwillȱbeȱcompletelyȱfilledȱwithȱmodelȱmaterial.ȱOften,ȱespeciallyȱwithȱlargeȱobjects,ȱthisȱisȱunnecessary.ȱInstead,ȱtheȱmodelȱcanȱbeȱfilledȱwithȱsupportȱmaterial,ȱwhichȱisȱlessȱcostly.ȱItȱisȱalsoȱadvisableȱtoȱfillȱmodelsȱwithȱsupportȱmaterialȱwhenȱpreparingȱthemȱforȱinvestmentȱcasting,ȱsinceȱthisȱmaterialȱburnsȱoffȱmoreȱquicklyȱduringȱtheȱprocessȱofȱmakingȱtheȱcast.ObjetȱStudioȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱprintȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱtrayȱwithȱanȱouterȱshellȱofȱmodelȱmaterialȱandȱaȱcenterȱfilledȱwithȱsupportȱmaterial.ȱWhenȱusingȱthisȱfeature,ȱcalledȱ“Hollow,”ȱtheȱthicknessȱofȱtheȱshellȱshouldȱbeȱnoȱlessȱthanȱ0.5ȱmillimeters.To use the Hollow feature:1. Selectȱaȱmodelȱonȱtheȱtray.or—•OnȱtheȱModelȱToolbar,ȱclickȱ.or—•FromȱtheȱrightȬclickȱcontextȱmenu,ȱselectȱAdvanced Properties.TheȱAdvancedȱPropertiesȱdialogȱboxȱopens.2. SelectȱHollow.Figure 5-75: Advanced Properties dialog box3. Setȱtheȱshellȱthickness,ȱinȱmillimeters.4. ClickȱApply.Note: There is no change in the display of objects in Objet Studio when Hollow is selected.To inspect, change or cancel the Hollow setting:1. Selectȱaȱmodelȱonȱtheȱtray.2. AccessȱtheȱAdvancedȱPropertiesȱdialogȱbox,ȱasȱabove.3. IfȱyouȱchangeȱorȱcancelȱtheȱHollowȱsetting,ȱclickȱApply.
Using Objet Studio5–54 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Displaying the Cross Section of ObjectsTheȱSectionȱfeatureȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱviewȱtheȱinteriorȱofȱanȱobjectȱbyȱ“slicing”ȱitȱonȱanyȱaxis.ȱYouȱcanȱthenȱmanipulateȱtheȱobjectȱtoȱinspectȱtheȱinteriorȱfromȱdifferentȱangles.ȱThisȱmayȱbeȱimportantȱforȱdecidingȱonȱtheȱtypeȱofȱsupportȱnecessaryȱwhenȱproducingȱtheȱmodelȱ(seeȱ“ChoosingȱtheȱSupportȱStrength”ȱonȱpage 52).ȱDisplayingȱanȱobject’sȱcrossȱsectionȱonlyȱaffectsȱhowȱtheȱtrayȱisȱdisplayedȱonȱtheȱscreen;ȱitȱdoesȱnotȱchangeȱtheȱobjectȱitself.To display a cross section of the tray:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱSection.TheȱSectionȱdialogȱboxȱopens.Figure 5-76: Section dialog box2. SelectȱEnable Clipping.3. UseȱtheȱsliderȱcontrolsȱforȱtheȱXȬ,ȱYȬ,ȱandȱZȬaxesȱtoȱcutȱtheȱtrayȱsoȱthatȱyouȱseeȱtheȱcrossȱsectionȱyouȱwant.Figure 5-77: Whole view Figure 5-78: Cross-section view, after using the Z-slider
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–55Stratasys P750K User GuideSaving the Screen Display as an Image FileYouȱcanȱsaveȱtheȱimageȱdisplayedȱinȱtheȱactiveȱviewingȱscreenȱasȱaȱgraphicȱfile.To save the screen display as an image:1. PressȱCtrl+B.or—ȱFromȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱselectȱSave Bitmap.TheȱSaveȱBitmapȱdialogȱboxȱopens.Figure 5-79: Save Bitmap dialog box2. Atȱtheȱtopȱofȱtheȱdialogȱbox,ȱselectȱtheȱappropriateȱfolder.3. Atȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱdialogȱbox,ȱenterȱaȱfileȱname.4. OpenȱtheȱSaveȱasȱtypeȱdropȬdownȱlist,ȱandȱselectȱtheȱfileȱformat.5. ClickȱSave.
Using Objet Studio5–56 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Exporting and Importing Objet Build TraysWhenȱyouȱsaveȱbuildȱtraysȱinȱObjetȱStudio,ȱtheyȱareȱsavedȱasȱobjtfȱfiles.ȱTheseȱfilesȱcontainȱinstructionsȱtoȱObjetȱStudioȱandȱtoȱStratasysȱprintersȱforȱdisplayingȱandȱproducingȱtheȱstlȱfilesȱusedȱonȱtheȱtray.ȱToȱconvenientlyȱsaveȱallȱofȱtheȱfilesȱasȱtheyȱareȱpositionedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱforȱstoringȱtheȱjob,ȱorȱforȱtransferringȱitȱtoȱanotherȱlocation,ȱObjetȱStudioȱcompressesȱthemȱintoȱoneȱobjzfȱfile.ȱToȱlaterȱuseȱtheȱobjzfȱfile,ȱtheȱfileȱmustȱfirstȱbeȱexpandedȱinȱObjetȱStudioȱandȱitsȱcomponentȱfilesȱsaved.Note: If you export an objzf file containing a stl file originally saved as read-only, you cannot open (import) this objzf file to the folder where the read-only stl file is saved.To create an objzf file:1. FromȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱselectȱExport Packed Job.TheȱSaveȱAsȱdialogȱboxȱopens.2. Selectȱtheȱappropriateȱfolderȱandȱchangeȱtheȱfileȱnameȱ(ifȱnecessary).3. ClickȱSave.To open an objzf file:¾DoubleȬclickȱonȱtheȱobjtfȱfile.or—1. FromȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱselectȱImport Packed Job.2. InȱtheȱOpenȱdialogȱbox,ȱdisplayȱtheȱappropriateȱfolderȱandȱselectȱtheȱfile.3. InȱtheȱBrowseȱforȱFolderȱdialogȱbox,ȱdisplayȱtheȱfolderȱinȱwhichȱyouȱwantȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱexpandȱtheȱcompressedȱfile,ȱandȱclickȱOK.Theȱobjtfȱfileȱandȱassociatedȱstlȱfilesȱareȱexpandedȱandȱplacedȱinȱtheȱselectedȱfolder,ȱandȱtheȱtrayȱisȱdisplayedȱinȱObjetȱStudio.Note: You can also export a print job as an objzf file from the Job Managerscreen—see “Exporting Jobs (objzf)” on page 80.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–57Stratasys P750K User GuideCustomizing Objet StudioYouȱcanȱcustomizeȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱsuitȱyourȱparticularȱworkingȱneedsȱandȱpreferences.ȱFeaturesȱthatȱyouȱcanȱcustomizeȱinclude:•CreatingȱaȱquickȬaccessȱtoolbarȱforȱfrequentlyȱusedȱcommands.•ChangingȱtheȱpositionȱofȱtheȱQuickȱAccessȱtoolbar.•Minimizingȱtheȱribbon.•ChangingȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱcolorȱtheme.•Configuringȱdefaultȱsettingsȱforȱobjectsȱplacedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.Creating a Quick Access ToolbarAsȱyouȱworkȱwithȱObjetȱStudio,ȱyouȱmayȱuseȱcertainȱcommandsȱfrequently.ȱYouȱcanȱcreateȱaȱquickȬaccessȱtoolbarȱtoȱmakeȱyourȱworkȱeasier.ȱTo create a quick-access toolbar:1. Aboveȱtheȱribbonȱtabs,ȱclickȱ.TheȱCustomizeȱQuickȱAccessȱToolbarȱmenuȱopens.Figure 5-80: Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu2. Selectȱaȱcommandȱyouȱwantȱtoȱaddȱtoȱtheȱtoolbar.Anȱiconȱforȱtheȱselectedȱcommandȱisȱaddedȱtoȱtheȱtoolbar.ȱFigure 5-81: Quick Access toolbarToȱaddȱanotherȱcommand,ȱrepeatȱtheȱaboveȱprocedure.
Using Objet Studio5–58 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)3. Toȱchooseȱfromȱaȱwiderȱrangeȱofȱcommands:•FromȱtheȱCustomizeȱQuickȱAccessȱToolbarȱmenuȱ(seeȱfigure 5Ȭ80ȱonȱpage 57),ȱselectȱMore Commands.or—•RightȬclickȱonȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱiconȱ,ȱorȱelsewhereȱonȱtheȱribbon,ȱandȱselectȱCustomize Quick Access Toolbar.Figure 5-82: Right-click ribbon menuTheȱOptionsȱdialogȱboxȱopens.Figure 5-83: Quick Access Toobar Options dialog box4. OpenȱtheȱdropȬdownȱlistȱandȱselectȱeitherȱPopular CommandsȱorȱCommands not on the Ribbon.ȱ5. SelectȱaȱcommandȱandȱclickȱAdd.6. ClickȱOK.Hiding the Ribbon Toȱmakeȱmoreȱroomȱforȱdisplayingȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱyouȱcanȱhideȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱribbons.To hide the ribbons:1. RightȬclickȱanywhereȱonȱtheȱribbonȱorȱonȱtheȱmenuȱbar,ȱorȱinȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ.2. SelectȱMinimize the Ribbon.Theȱribbonsȱdisappear,ȱbutȱyouȱcanȱtemporarilyȱdisplayȱtheȱribbonȱiconsȱbyȱclickingȱTray Settings orȱJob Managerȱonȱtheȱmenuȱbar.ȱWhenȱyouȱnextȱclickȱoutsideȱofȱtheȱribbon,ȱitȱdisappearsȱagain.To return the permanent ribbon display:¾RepeatȱtheȱstepsȱaboveȱtoȱcancelȱMinimizeȱtheȱRibbon.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–59Stratasys P750K User GuideDisplay Colors YouȱcanȱcustomizeȱsomeȱofȱtheȱcolorsȱusedȱforȱdisplayingȱObjetȱStudioȱscreensȱandȱforȱdisplayingȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.To change the colors used in Objet Studio screens:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions.Figure 5-84: Display settings2. InȱtheȱAppearanceȱtabȱofȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox,ȱyouȱcanȱconfigureȱtheȱdisplay.•TheȱModeȱselectionȱdeterminesȱhowȱmodelsȱappearȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱTheȱdefaultȱmethodȱforȱdisplayingȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱasȱsolidȱ(“shaded”)ȱobjects.ȱTheȱotherȱoptionsȱareȱWireFrameȱandȱPoints.•IfȱShadedȱisȱselected,ȱyouȱcanȱdisplayȱtheȱmodelȱonȱtheȱtrayȱasȱaȱseeȬthroughȱobject.Figure 5-85: Transparent display•DoubleȬclickȱtheȱcolorȱpatchesȱtoȱcustomizeȱcolors.•TheȱWindowsȱBackgroundȱColorȱsettingsȱenableȱyouȱtoȱchangeȱtheȱcolorȱbehindȱtheȱbuildȱtray—withȱeitherȱaȱsolidȱorȱaȱtwoȬcolorȱgradient.•Toȱreturnȱtoȱtheȱdefaultȱdisplayȱsettings,ȱclickȱDefault.
Using Objet Studio5–60 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Changing ColorThemes ObjetȱStudioȱoffersȱaȱchoiceȱofȱfourȱbackgroundȱcolorȱthemes—blue,ȱblack,ȱsilverȱandȱaqua.ȱFigure 5-86: Background color themesTo change the color theme:¾FromȱtheȱStyleȱmenu,ȱselectȱoneȱofȱtheȱoptions.Keyboard Shortcuts Youȱcanȱdefineȱshortcutȱkeysȱforȱfrequentlyȱusedȱcommands.To define shortcut keys:1. Aboveȱtheȱribbonȱtabs,ȱclickȱ.TheȱCustomizeȱQuickȱAccessȱToolbarȱmenuȱopens.Figure 5-87: Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu2. SelectȱMore Commands.TheȱOptionsȱdialogȱboxȱopensȱ(seeȱfigure 5Ȭ83ȱonȱpage 58).
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–61Stratasys P750K User Guide3. ClickȱCustomize.TheȱCustomizeȱKeyboardȱdialogȱboxȱappears.Figure 5-88: Customize Keyboard dialog box4. SelectȱcommandȱCategoriesȱtoȱdisplayȱallȱtheȱcommandsȱinȱthatȱcategory,ȱforȱexample,ȱallȱtheȱModelȱSettingsȱcommands.ȱCurrentȱshortcutȱkeysȱareȱdisplayed.5. Enterȱtheȱshortcutȱkeyȱinȱthe Pressȱnewȱshortcutȱkeyȱfield,ȱandȱclickȱAssign.6. Ifȱyouȱwantȱtoȱredefineȱallȱshortcutȱkeys,ȱclickȱReset All.Setting User Preferences YouȱcanȱchangeȱseveralȱObjetȱStudioȱsettingsȱthatȱaffectȱobjectsȱplacedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.To change default settings:¾FromȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱselectȱUser Preferences.Figure 5-89: Setting work preferences•BuildingȱStyle—seeȱ“SurfaceȱFinish”ȱonȱpage 23.•GridȱStyle—seeȱ“UsingȱaȱGridȱtoȱPositionȱObjects”ȱonȱpage 30.•ApplicationȱSettings—seeȱ“ChoosingȱtheȱSupportȱStrength”ȱonȱpage 52,ȱandȱ“FreezingȱModelȱOrientation”ȱonȱpage 37.
Using Objet Studio5–62 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Professional Mode FeaturesSomeȱadvancedȱfeaturesȱofȱObjetȱStudioȱareȱonlyȱaccessibleȱinȱProfessionalȱMode.ȱTo see the current Objet Studio setting:¾OpenȱtheȱToolsȱmenu.Figure 5-90: Tools menu, showing Professional Mode selectedIfȱProfessionalȱModeȱisȱselected,ȱadvancedȱfeaturesȱareȱdisplayed.ȱTo change the Professional Mode setting:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱProfessional Mode.Theȱfollowingȱmessageȱisȱdisplayed,ȱremindingȱyouȱthatȱtheȱchangeȱwillȱonlyȱtakeȱeffectȱtheȱnextȱtimeȱyouȱopenȱObjetȱStudio—evenȱthoughȱtheȱcheckȱmarkȱnextȱtoȱtheȱProfessionalȱModeȱoptionȱappearsȱimmediately.Figure 5-91: Configuration-change message2. CloseȱandȱreȬopenȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱuseȱtheȱProfessionalȱModeȱfeatures.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–63Stratasys P750K User GuideDefault Settings YouȱcanȱcontrolȱtheȱdefaultȱsettingsȱofȱseveralȱObjetȱStudioȱfeaturesȱfromȱtheȱAdvancedȱtabȱofȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox.To display the Options dialog box ¾FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions.or—InȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱclickȱOptions.Figure 5-92: Options dialog box, Advanced tabAutomaticOrientation Byȱdefault,ȱwhenȱObjetȱStudioȱplacesȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱitȱorientsȱthemȱoptimally,ȱforȱtheȱshortestȱprintingȱtime.ȱIfȱnecessary,ȱyouȱcanȱchooseȱtoȱcancelȱautomaticȱorientationȱeachȱtimeȱyouȱplaceȱanȱobjectȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱ(seeȱ“AutomaticȱOrientation”ȱonȱpage 25).ȱInȱanyȱcase,ȱwhenȱobjectsȱareȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱyouȱcanȱchangeȱtheirȱorientationȱmanuallyȱ(seeȱ“ModelȱOrientation”ȱonȱpage 26.)ȱTo change the default setting so that Automatic Orientation is disabled:¾InȱtheȱAdvancedȱsectionȱofȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox,ȱclearȱtheȱcheckȱbox.Automatic Zoom WhenȱAutoȱZoomȱisȱselectedȱinȱtheȱAdvancedȱsectionȱofȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox,ȱtheȱdisplayȱzoomsȱin,ȱtoȱdisplayȱtheȱobjectsȱplacedȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱThisȱallowsȱyouȱtoȱcarefullyȱinspectȱandȱmanipulateȱtheȱobjects.Byȱdefault,ȱthisȱfeatureȱisȱnotȱenabled.ȱInȱanyȱcase,ȱyouȱcanȱchangeȱtheȱzoomȱlevel,ȱasȱnecessaryȱ(seeȱ“ZoomȱOptions”ȱonȱpage 44).
Using Objet Studio5–64 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)OpenGL Driver Configuration TheȱOpenGLȱdriverȱdisplaysȱ3Dȱgraphicsȱonȱyourȱscreen.ȱThereȱisȱnormallyȱnoȱreasonȱtoȱadjustȱitsȱsettings.ȱIfȱyouȱsuspectȱaȱproblemȱwithȱtheȱwayȱObjetȱStudioȱdisplaysȱobjects,ȱyouȱcanȱuseȱtheȱOpenGLȱDriverȱConfigurationȱtoolȱtoȱcheckȱandȱconfigureȱtheȱdriverȱsettings.ȱTo access the OpenGL Driver Configuration dialog box:1. FromȱtheȱToolsȱmenu,ȱselectȱOptions.or—InȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱCommandsȱmenuȱ,ȱclickȱOptions.2. InȱtheȱOptionsȱdialogȱbox,ȱdisplayȱtheȱTroubleshootingȱtab.ȱFigure 5-93: Access to OpenGL Driver configuration3. ClickȱOpenGL Driver Configuration.TheȱdialogȱboxȱthatȱopensȱdisplaysȱdetailsȱofȱtheȱpixelȱformatȱIDȱ(index)ȱforȱtheȱwindowȱandȱtheȱmemory.Figure 5-94: OpenGL Driver Configuration dialog boxIfȱyouȱwantȱtoȱdisplayȱtheȱvaluesȱandȱchangeȱthem,ȱclickȱ.ȱAlternately,ȱyouȱcanȱselectȱChoose Formatȱandȱchangeȱtheȱvaluesȱinȱthisȱdialogȱbox.The Troubleshooting tab is only accessible when Professional Mode is active (see “Professional Mode Features” on page 62).
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–65Stratasys P750K User GuideTo perform a test of the driver configuration and enter the suggested pixel format ID:1. SelectȱChoose Format.ȱ2. ClickȱTest.ObjetȱStudioȱreturnsȱtheȱrecommendedȱpixelȱformatȱID.Figure 5-95: Recommended pixel format ID3. ClickȱOK.ȱ4. InȱtheȱOpenGLȱDriverȱConfigurationȱdialogȱboxȱ(figure 5Ȭ94),ȱselectȱPixelFormat IDȱandȱenterȱthisȱnumber.5. ClickȱApply.6. Displayȱtheȱotherȱpixelȱformatȱtab,ȱandȱrepeatȱthisȱprocedure.
Using Objet Studio5–66 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Getting Additional Objet Studio AssistanceObjetȱStudioȱHelpȱprovidesȱonȬscreenȱinstructionsȱandȱinformation,ȱasȱyouȱwork.To view Objet Studio Help:¾Onȱtheȱstandardȱtoolbar,ȱclickȱȱandȱthenȱclickȱObjet Studio Help.Figure 5-96: Help optionsYouȱcanȱalsoȱviewȱinformationȱonȱtheȱfollowingȱsubjects:•Troubleshootingȱopensȱaȱlistȱofȱerrorȱmessagesȱandȱtheirȱexplanations.•CheckȱforȱUpdatesȱchecksȱifȱyouȱareȱusingȱtheȱlatestȱObjetȱStudioȱversion.ȱObjet Studio Version, Material Module and Licensed FeaturesYouȱcanȱviewȱdetailsȱofȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱversion,ȱtheȱmaterialȱmoduleȱinstalled,ȱandȱtheȱfeaturesȱavailableȱwithȱyourȱlicense.To view details of your Objet Studio installation:¾Onȱtheȱstandardȱtoolbar,ȱclickȱȱandȱthenȱclickȱAbout....Figure 5-97: Displaying Objet Studio detailsAbout Objet Studiotab TheȱAboutȱObjetȱStudioȱtabȱshowsȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱversionȱnumberȱandȱbasicȱinformationȱaboutȱyourȱcomputer.Figure 5-98: About Objet Studio tab
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–67Stratasys P750K User GuideMaterials Moduletab TheȱMaterialsȱModuleȱtabȱshowsȱdetailsȱofȱtheȱmaterialȱmoduleȱinstalled.Figure 5-99: Materials Module tab•ModuleȱversionIfȱaȱMaterialsȱModuleȱupgradeȱ(patch)ȱwasȱinstalled,ȱtheȱnewȱMaterialsȱModuleȱversionȱisȱdisplayed.ȱIfȱnoȱpatchesȱwereȱinstalled,ȱtheȱModuleȱversionȱisȱtheȱsameȱasȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱversion.•ModuleȱdateIfȱaȱMaterialsȱModuleȱupgradeȱ(patch)ȱwasȱinstalled,ȱtheȱdateȱofȱitsȱcreationȱisȱdisplayed.ȱIfȱnoȱpatchesȱwereȱinstalled,ȱtheȱModuleȱdateȱisȱtheȱdateȱofȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱversion.•ModuleȱpropertiesIfȱaȱMaterialsȱModuleȱupgradeȱ(patch)ȱwasȱinstalled,ȱitsȱdescriptionȱisȱdisplayed.ȱIfȱnoȱpatchesȱwereȱinstalled,ȱ“Default”ȱisȱdisplayed.Feature Licensetab TheȱFeatureȱLicenseȱtabȱshowsȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱfeaturesȱavailableȱwithȱyourȱlicense.Figure 5-100: Feature License tabClickȱȱtoȱexpandȱtheȱdetailsȱforȱeachȱfeature.•Modesȱshowsȱtheȱprintingȱmodesȱavailable.Seeȱ“PrintingȱModes”ȱonȱpage 47.ȱ•Materialsȱshowsȱbasicȱmodelȱmaterialsȱavailable.•MixedȱTrayȱshowsȱifȱyourȱlicenseȱenablesȱprintingȱaȱbuildȱtrayȱcontainingȱobjects,ȱusingȱaȱdifferentȱmodelȱmaterialȱforȱeach.
Using Objet Studio5–68 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Monitoring and Managing Print JobsInȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱofȱObjetȱStudio,ȱyouȱmonitorȱandȱmanageȱjobsȱsentȱtoȱtheȱprinter.ȱThereȱareȱaȱfewȱdifferencesȱbetweenȱObjetȱStudioȱonȱclientȱworkstationsȱandȱonȱtheȱcomputerȱconnectedȱdirectlyȱtoȱtheȱ3Dȱprinter—theȱserverȱworkstation.•ObjetȱStudioȱinstalledȱonȱaȱclientȱcomputerȱonlyȱdisplaysȱtheȱqueueȱandȱstatusȱforȱjobsȱsentȱtoȱtheȱ3Dȱprinterȱserverȱfromȱthatȱcomputer,ȱandȱitȱallowsȱtheȱuserȱtoȱeditȱonlyȱtheseȱjobs.ȱNote: If there are several Objet printers on the local network, client computers can connect to any of them, but only one at a time.•ObjetȱStudioȱinstalledȱonȱtheȱcomputerȱdirectlyȱconnectedȱtoȱaȱspecificȱ3Dȱprinterȱ(server),ȱdisplaysȱtheȱqueueȱandȱstatusȱforȱallȱjobsȱsentȱtoȱthatȱ3Dȱprinterȱbyȱtheȱserverȱandȱbyȱallȱclientȱcomputersȱonȱtheȱnetwork.ȱItȱalsoȱallowsȱeditingȱandȱmanipulationȱofȱallȱjobs,ȱandȱenablesȱreȬsendingȱpreviouslyȬprintedȱjobsȱtoȱtheȱprinter.Job Manager Screen TheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱonȱtheȱclientȱandȱserverȱworkstationsȱlooksȱidentical.ȱTheȱonlyȱdifferenceȱisȱthatȱoptionsȱonlyȱrelevantȱtoȱtheȱserverȱworkstationȱareȱdisabledȱforȱclientȱinstallations.Figure 5-101: Job Manager screenTheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱisȱdividedȱintoȱpanels:•JobsȱQueue•PrintingȱProgress•History•AvailableȱResources•MaterialȱConsumption•TrayȱPreview•WasteIf Objet Studio is not connected to a printer (or printer server), you can prepare tray files for any Objet printer. Later, these files can be used by Objet Studio on the appropriate printer server.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–69Stratasys P750K User GuideJobs QueueOnȱtheȱserver,ȱtheȱJobsȱQueueȱlistsȱtheȱlastȱ15ȱjobsȱsentȱfromȱclientȱcomputers.ȱOnȱclientȱworkstations,ȱtheȱJobsȱQueueȱlistsȱjobsȱsentȱfromȱthatȱcomputerȱtoȱtheȱprinterȱserver.ȱInformationȱforȱeachȱofȱtheȱqueuedȱjobsȱisȱdisplayed,ȱincludingȱtheȱjobȱstatus.Inȱaddition,ȱtheȱfollowingȱinformationȱisȱdisplayed:•Owner—theȱcomputerȱthatȱsentȱtheȱjob•BuildȱTime—theȱestimatedȱbuildingȱtimeȱforȱtheȱjob•ModelȱConsumption—theȱamountȱofȱmodelȱmaterialȱrequiredȱtoȱcompleteȱtheȱjob,ȱandȱtheȱamountȱactuallyȱusedȱtillȱnow•SupportȱConsumption—theȱamountȱofȱsupportȱmaterialȱrequiredȱtoȱcompleteȱtheȱjob,ȱandȱtheȱamountȱactuallyȱusedȱtillȱnow•PrintingȱMode—HS=HighȱSpeed,ȱHQ=HighȱQuality,ȱDM=DigitalȱMaterialPrinting ProgressTheȱTimeȱpanelȱshowsȱprintingȱtimesȱandȱtheȱnumberȱofȱslicesȱsentȱtoȱtheȱprinter.History TheȱHistoryȱpanelȱshowsȱinformationȱforȱtheȱlastȱ50ȱjobsȱandȱtheirȱfinalȱstatus.ȱYouȱcanȱdragȱaȱjobȱfromȱHistoryȱtoȱJobsȱQueueȱtoȱprintȱtheȱtrayȱagain.AvailableResources TheȱAvailableȱResourcesȱpanelȱcontainsȱgraphicȱindicatorsȱthatȱshowȱtheȱamountȱofȱavailableȱprintingȱmaterialsȱremainingȱinȱtheȱprinter.*ȱMaterialConsumption •Actual—theȱamountȱofȱmaterialȱusedȱtillȱnow•Required—theȱamountȱofȱmaterialȱstillȱneededȱtoȱfinishȱtheȱjobTray Preview TheȱTrayȱPreviewȱpanelȱdisplaysȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱviewȱofȱtheȱjobȱselectedȱinȱtheȱJobȱQueueȱorȱtheȱHistoryȱlist.ȱOnȱaȱserver,ȱyouȱcanȱopenȱanȱenlargedȱpreviewȱwindowȱbyȱclickingȱonȱtheȱTrayȱPreviewȱdisplayȱ(seeȱ“ExtendedȱTrayȱPreview”ȱonȱpage 78).Waste IfȱyouȱmoveȱtheȱmouseȱoverȱtheȱWasteȱdisplay,ȱtheȱamountȱofȱwasteȱinȱtheȱcontainerȱisȱdisplayed.Status MeaningWaiting Printingȱofȱthisȱjobȱhasȱnotȱstarted.Building Printingȱofȱthisȱjobȱisȱinȱprogress.Stopped Printingȱofȱthisȱjobȱwasȱinterrupted.ȱPrintingȱcanȱlaterȱbeȱcontinuedȱ(Resume)ȱorȱbegunȱagainȱ(Restart).Error Errorsȱoccurredȱduringȱtheȱprintingȱofȱthisȱjob,ȱandȱitȱwasȱplacedȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueueȱagain.Editing ThisȱjobȱisȱnowȱbeingȱeditedȱinȱObjetȱStudio.Spooling Theȱjobȱfileȱisȱbeingȱspooledȱinȱtheȱprinter.PreprocessingTheȱ3Dȱprinterȱisȱreadyingȱitselfȱforȱprinting:ȱtheȱcoverȱlocks,ȱprintȱheadsȱwarmȱupȱandȱareȱputȱinȱstartingȱposition,ȱUVȱlampsȱareȱturnedȱon,ȱandȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱlevelȱisȱadjusted.OnȱSchedule Theȱjobȱisȱscheduledȱtoȱbeȱprintedȱatȱaȱspecifiedȱtime.*ObjetȱStudioȱdisplaysȱtheȱweightȱofȱtheȱprintingȱmaterialsȱinȱbothȱcartridgesȱasȱlongȱasȱeachȱcartridgeȱcontainsȱmoreȱthanȱ100ȱgramsȱofȱmaterial.ȱTheȱweightȱunderȱ100ȱgramsȱisȱnotȱcalculatedȱandȱdisplayed.ȱHowever,ȱifȱaȱcartridgeȱcontainsȱlessȱthanȱ100ȱgramsȱofȱmaterial,ȱtheȱprinterȱusesȱit—asȱlongȱasȱtheȱmaterialȱinȱtheȱotherȱcartridgeȱweighsȱmoreȱthanȱ100ȱgrams.ȱInȱanyȱcase,ȱtheȱweightȱofȱeachȱcartridgeȱisȱdisplayedȱinȱtheȱprinterȱapplication.
Using Objet Studio5–70 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Setting the PrinterConnectionWhenȱanȱObjetȱ3Dȱprinterȱisȱinstalled,ȱtheȱserverȱcomputerȱisȱconnectedȱtoȱthatȱprinter.ȱNormally,ȱthereȱshouldȱbeȱnoȱreasonȱtoȱchangeȱthisȱconnection.ȱOccasionally,ȱhowever,ȱyouȱmayȱneedȱtoȱresetȱtheȱconnection,ȱtoȱconnectȱtheȱserverȱtoȱanotherȱprinter,ȱorȱtoȱuseȱObjetȱStudioȱinȱoffȬlineȱmodeȱ(withoutȱaȱprinterȱconnection).To set (or change) the printer connection:1. OnȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱ3DȱPrinterȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.2. InȱtheȱSetȱPrinterȱdialogȱbox,ȱclickȱConnect.Figure 5-102: Connecting to a printer (A)3. EnterȱtheȱcomputerȱnameȱorȱitsȱIPȱaddress,ȱorȱclickȱBrowseȱtoȱfindȱandȱselectȱit.Figure 5-103: Connecting to a printer (B)4. ClickȱOK.Whenȱtheȱconnectionȱisȱestablished,ȱObjetȱStudioȱisȱconfiguredȱtoȱprepareȱprintȱjobsȱforȱthatȱprinter.If you can see the material levels in the Job Manager screen (see figure 5-101 on page 68), Objet Studio is connected to the printer.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–71Stratasys P750K User GuideOff-line Mode YouȱcanȱuseȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱprepareȱtraysȱforȱprintingȱinȱoffȬlineȱmode,ȱonȱaȱremoteȱcomputerȱorȱwhenȱtheȱprinterȱconnectionȱisȱnotȱavailable.ȱYouȱalsoȱuseȱoffȬlineȱmodeȱtoȱprepareȱtraysȱforȱprintingȱwithȱotherȱprinters.ȱInȱthisȱcase,ȱifȱObjetȱStudioȱisȱcurrentlyȱconnectedȱtoȱaȱprinter,ȱyouȱmustȱchangeȱtoȱoffȬlineȱmodeȱbyȱremovingȱthisȱconnection.To disconnect Objet Studio from the printer:1. OnȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱ3DȱPrinterȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.2. InȱtheȱSetȱPrinterȱdialogȱbox,ȱclickȱConnectȱ(seeȱfigure 5Ȭ102).Figure 5-104: Disconnecting Objet Studio from a printer (A)3. InȱtheȱPrinterȱConnectionȱdialogȱbox,ȱdeleteȱtheȱcomputerȱname/IPȱaddress.Figure 5-105: Disconnecting Objet Studio from a printer (B)4. ClickȱOK.“Unknown”ȱappearsȱinȱtheȱprinterȬnameȱfield.5. ClickȱOK.6. InȱtheȱpopȬupȱmessage,ȱconfirmȱthatȱyouȱwantȱtoȱworkȱinȱoffȬlineȱmodeȱbyȱclickingȱNo.Figure 5-106: Off-line messageWhenȱObjetȱStudioȱisȱinȱoffȬlineȱmode,ȱyouȱcanȱconfigureȱitȱforȱpreparingȱprintȱjobsȱforȱdifferentȱprinters.
Using Objet Studio5–72 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)To change the Objet Studio off-line configuration:1. InȱtheȱSetȱPrinterȱdialogȱbox,ȱselectȱaȱprinterȱtype.Figure 5-107: Off-line printer selection2. ClickȱOKȱ(notȱ“Connect”).
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–73Stratasys P750K User GuideSetting the Remote Printer Connection (Client Mode)WhenȱyouȱopenȱObjetȱStudioȱforȱtheȱfirstȱtimeȱinȱaȱclientȱinstallation,ȱyouȱareȱpromptedȱtoȱconnectȱtoȱanȱObjetȱserverȱcomputerȱthatȱsendsȱjobsȱtoȱaȱ3Dȱprinter.ȱToȱdoȱthis,ȱtheȱserverȱcomputerȱmustȱbeȱoperatingȱandȱconnectedȱtoȱtheȱlocalȱnetwork.ȱTo set (or change) the connection to the server-computer:1. OnȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱ3DȱPrinterȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.2. EnterȱtheȱnameȱofȱtheȱserverȱcomputerȱorȱitsȱIPȱaddress,ȱorȱclickȱBrowseȱtoȱfindȱandȱselectȱit.3. ClickȱOK.Figure 5-108: Printer Server Connection dialog boxJob Manager Commands TheȱJobȱManagerȱribbonȱhasȱthreeȱiconȱgroups:•3DȱPrinter•Queue•JobȱFigure 5-109: Job Manager ribbon commandsIconsȱareȱenabledȱorȱdisabledȱaccordingȱtoȱtheirȱrelevancy.ȱForȱexample,ȱsinceȱyouȱcannotȱstopȱprintingȱaȱjobȱthatȱisȱnotȱbeingȱprinted,ȱtheȱStopȱcommandȱisȱdisabledȱwhenȱtheȱprinterȱisȱidle.
Using Objet Studio5–74 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)TheȱfollowingȱoperationsȱareȱavailableȱonȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱribbon:Group Icon Purpose3DȱPrinter Client:ȱSetsȱtheȱserverȱconnection.ȱSeeȱ“SettingȱtheȱRemoteȱPrinterȱConnectionȱ(ClientȱMode)”ȱonȱpage 73.Server:ȱSetsȱtheȱprinterȱconnection.ȱSeeȱ“SettingȱtheȱPrinterȱConnection”ȱonȱpage 70.Configuresȱoptionsȱforȱprinterȱalerts.ȱSeeȱ“ConfiguringȱUserȱAlerts”ȱonȱpage 76.Queue Server:ȱMovesȱaȱjobȱtoȱtheȱheadȱofȱtheȱJobsȱQueue.Client:ȱDisabled.Seeȱ“JobsȱQueue”ȱonȱpage 69.Server:ȱMovesȱaȱjobȱtoȱaȱhigherȱpositionȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueue.Client:ȱDisabled.Seeȱ“JobsȱQueue”ȱonȱpage 69.Server:ȱMovesȱaȱjobȱtoȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱJobsȱQueue.ȱClient:ȱDisabled.Seeȱ“JobsȱQueue”ȱonȱpage 69.Server:ȱMovesȱaȱjobȱtoȱaȱlowerȱpositionȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueue.Client:ȱDisabled.Seeȱ“JobsȱQueue”ȱonȱpage 69.Job Server:ȱ•ForȱaȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueue—Printsȱitȱagainȱ(fromȱtheȱbeginning).ȱ•ForȱaȱjobȱinȱtheȱHistoryȱlist—MovesȱitȱtoȱtheȱJobsȱQueueȱforȱprinting.Client:ȱDisabled.Seeȱ“RestartingȱJobs”ȱonȱpage 79.Server:ȱStopsȱaȱjobȱinȱprogress.ȱClient:ȱDisabled.Server:ȱContinuesȱprintingȱtheȱcurrentȱjobȱfromȱtheȱpointȱwhereȱprintingȱstopped.ȱClient:ȱDisabled.Seeȱ“ResumingȱJobs”ȱonȱpage 79.Removesȱtheȱselectedȱjobȱfromȱtheȱqueue.ȱRefreshesȱtheȱimageȱofȱtheȱselectedȱjobȱinȱtheȱTrayȱPreviewȱdisplay.OpensȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱscreenȱandȱdisplaysȱtheȱtray.ȱForȱdeletedȱjobs,ȱthisȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱmakeȱchangesȱbeforeȱprinting.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–75Stratasys P750K User GuideInȱadditionȱtoȱusingȱribbonȱcommandȱicons,ȱyouȱcanȱuseȱcommandsȱonȱcontextȱ(popȬup)ȱtoolbarsȱandȱfromȱtheȱJobȱmenuȱonȱtheȱstandardȱtoolbar.ȱFigure 5-110: Icons on pop-up toolbar (server)Figure 5-111: Icons on pop-up toolbar (client workstation)Note: Most icons and menu commands are only enabled when a job is selected.Figure 5-112: Job menu options (server)StopEditExport packed job ScheduleResumeRestartDeleteEditDeleteWhen you position the cursor over an item, a tooltip displays the name of the command.
Using Objet Studio5–76 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)ConfiguringUser Alerts ObjetȱStudioȱcanȱalertȱyouȱ(andȱothers)ȱtoȱtheȱstatusȱofȱjobsȱsentȱtoȱtheȱserverȱforȱprinting.ȱThisȱisȱespeciallyȱusefulȱduringȱlongȱprintingȱjobs,ȱwhenȱtheȱoperatorȱisȱawayȱfromȱtheȱprinter.ȱTheȱfollowingȱeventsȱcanȱbeȱreported:•Theȱlevelȱofȱmodelȱorȱsupportȱmaterialȱisȱlow.•Theȱjobȱwasȱinterrupted.•Theȱjobȱwasȱcompletedȱsuccessfully.ToȱsendȱeȬmailȱandȱSMSȱalerts,ȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱeȬmailȱsoftwareȱsupportingȱMAPIȱisȱinstalledȱonȱtheȱserverȱcomputer.ȱToȱsendȱSMSȱalerts,ȱtheȱcellularȱphoneȱserviceȱmustȱsupportȱtheȱtransmissionȱofȱeȬmailȱmessagesȱbyȱSMS.ȱOnlyȱtheȱsubjectȱlineȱofȱtheȱeȬmailȱmessageȱisȱtransmittedȱbyȱSMS.To configure Objet Studio to send notifications and alerts:1. OnȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱribbon,ȱinȱtheȱ3DȱPrinterȱgroup,ȱclickȱ.Figure 5-113: Notifications dialog box (server)Figure 5-114: Notifications dialog box (client workstation)2. Setȱtheȱdesiredȱreportingȱoptions.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–77Stratasys P750K User Guide3. ClickȱDetails.Figure 5-115: Event selection for alerts4. InȱtheȱReportsȱEventsȱdialogȱbox,ȱselectȱtheȱalertȱeventsȱandȱclickȱOK.5. InȱtheȱNotificationsȱdialogȱbox,ȱclickȱOK.Printing the Tray IfȱthereȱisȱaȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueue,ȱitȱisȱsentȱautomaticallyȱtoȱtheȱStratasysȱprinter—asȱlongȱasȱitȱisȱon,ȱthereȱisȱaȱconnectionȱtoȱtheȱprinter,ȱandȱtheȱprinterȱisȱonȱline.ȱChapterȱ6ȱdescribesȱstartingȱandȱoperatingȱtheȱprinter.ȱAdditionalServer FeaturesObjetȱStudioȱonȱtheȱprinterȱserverȱincludesȱtheȱfollowingȱadditionalȱfeatures:•ExtendedȱTrayȱPreview•EditingȱJobs•RestartingȱJobs•ResumingȱJobs•SchedulingȱJobs•ExportingȱJobsȱ(objzf)•ModifyingȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱScreenTheseȱfeaturesȱareȱdescribedȱonȱtheȱfollowingȱpages.
Using Objet Studio5–78 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)ExtendedȱTrayȱPreviewInȱthisȱwindow,ȱyouȱcanȱviewȱtheȱtrayȱfromȱdifferentȱanglesȱandȱmagnificationsȱwithoutȱleavingȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreen.ȱInȱadditionȱtoȱdisplayingȱtheȱselectedȱjobȱinȱtheȱTrayȱPreviewȱpane,ȱyouȱcanȱopenȱanȱenlargedȱbuildȱtrayȱwindow.To display the build tray window:1. SelectȱaȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueueȱorȱtheȱHistoryȱlist.2. ClickȱtheȱTrayȱPreviewȱpane.Figure 5-116: Job Preview•Toȱchangeȱtheȱtrayȱmagnification,ȱturnȱtheȱmouseȱwheel.ȱ•Toȱviewȱtheȱtrayȱfromȱaȱdifferentȱperspective,ȱclickȱtheȱrelevantȱicon.•Toȱresizeȱtheȱwindow,ȱdragȱitsȱedgeȱorȱcorners.Ifȱthereȱareȱseveralȱobjectsȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱyouȱcanȱexcludeȱoneȱorȱmoreȱfromȱbeingȱprinted,ȱwithoutȱactuallyȱdeletingȱtheȱobjectȱfromȱtheȱtrayȱfile.To prevent the printing of an object on the build tray:1. DoubleȬclickȱonȱtheȱobjectȱyouȱdoȱnotȱwantȱtoȱprint.2. DisplayȱtheȱBuildȱtab.3. SelectȱExclude from Build.Figure 5-117: Excluding a model from the build4. ClickȱYesȱtoȱconfirm.Onȱserverȱcomputers,ȱyouȱcanȱuseȱTrayȱPreviewȱtoȱdynamicallyȱdisplayȱobjectsȱasȱtheyȱareȱprinted,ȱlayerȱbyȱlayer.ȱThisȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱvisuallyȱmonitorȱprintingȱprogressȱonȱtheȱcomputerȱscreen.To display printing progress in the Tray Preview pane:¾FromȱtheȱJobȱmenu,ȱselectȱShow 3dProgress.EditingȱJobsYouȱcanȱopenȱjobsȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueueȱforȱediting.To edit a job:1. Selectȱtheȱjob.2. ClickȱtheȱEditȱiconȱ.This option uses additional system resources.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 5–79Stratasys P750K User GuideTheȱTrayȱSettingsȱscreenȱopens,ȱdisplayingȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱTheȱstatusȱofȱtheȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱchangesȱtoȱ“Editing.”3. Editȱtheȱjob.ȱ4. OnȱtheȱTrayȱSettingsȱribbon,ȱclickȱ.TheȱstatusȱofȱtheȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱchangesȱbackȱtoȱ“Waiting.”RestartingȱJobsȱYouȱcanȱrestartȱjobsȱfromȱtheȱJobsȱQueueȱandȱtheȱHistoryȱlist.To restart a job:1. Selectȱtheȱjob.2. ClickȱtheȱRestartȱiconȱ.Theȱjobȱstatusȱchangesȱtoȱ“Waiting”ȱ(inȱtheȱJobsȱQueue).ResumingȱJobsȱIfȱtheȱprintingȱprocessȱisȱstoppedȱorȱinterrupted,ȱyouȱmayȱbeȱableȱtoȱcontinueȱprintingȱtheȱjobȱfromȱtheȱpointȱwhereȱprintingȱstopped.To resume a job:1. Selectȱtheȱjob.2. ClickȱtheȱResumeȱiconȱ.SchedulingȱJobsYouȱcanȱscheduleȱjobsȱtoȱbeȱprintedȱatȱaȱfutureȱtime.ȱForȱexample,ȱyouȱcanȱconfigureȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱstartȱlongȱprintingȱjobsȱinȱtheȱlateȱeveningȱandȱearlyȱmorningȱhours.To schedule a job:1. SelectȱaȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobsȱQueue,ȱandȱclickȱȱonȱtheȱpopȬupȱtoolbar.2. InȱtheȱSchedulerȱdialogȱbox,ȱsetȱtheȱStartȱDateȱandȱStartȱTimeȱforȱtheȱjob.ȱClickȱonȱtheȱStartȱDateȱarrowȱtoȱopenȱaȱcalendar.Figure 5-118: Scheduler with calendar displayed3. ClickȱOK.
Using Objet Studio5–80 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)ExportingȱJobsȱ(objzf)Youȱcanȱsaveȱprintȱjobsȱasȱcompressedȱfiles.Toȱexportȱaȱprintȱjob:1. Selectȱaȱjob.2. OnȱtheȱpopȬupȱtoolbar,ȱclickȱ.3. InȱtheȱSaveȱAsȱdialogȱbox,ȱselectȱaȱfolder.4. ClickȱSave.ModifyingȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱScreenYouȱcanȱchangeȱtheȱsizeȱofȱtheȱsectionsȱofȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreen,ȱbyȱdraggingȱtheȱpanelȱedges.ȱThisȱappliesȱto:•theȱJobsȱQueueȱpanel•theȱTimeȱpanel•theȱHistoryȱpanelSimilarly,ȱyouȱcanȱchangeȱtheȱwayȱtheȱscreenȱareaȱisȱdividedȱbetweenȱtheȱmainȱsectionȱ(JobsȱQueue/Time/History)ȱandȱtheȱpanelsȱonȱtheȱrightȱsideȱofȱtheȱscreen.Youȱcanȱcollapseȱ(hide)ȱtheȱrightȱpanelsȱ(AvailableȱResources/MaterialȱConsumption/TrayȱView)ȱbyȱclickingȱtheȱtopȱofȱtheȱpanel.•Clickȱagainȱtoȱdisplayȱtheȱpanel.For an explanation of objzf files, see “Exporting and Importing Objet Build Trays” on page 56.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–1Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K3DPrinterStartingȱtheȱPrinter.............................................................................. 2LoadingȱModelȱandȱSupportȱCartridges.......................................... 4ProducingȱModels............................................................................... 5PreparingȱtheȱPrinter............................................................................5PrinterȱInterfaceȱColor Key..................................................................7PrintingȱIndicators................................................................................8ResumingȱProductionȱAfterȱPrintingȱhasȱStopped......................... 9ChangingȱtheȱPrintingȱMaterial ...................................................... 11KeepingȱtheȱPrinterȱinȱIdleȱMode ................................................... 16ShuttingȱDownȱtheȱPrinter............................................................... 17MaintainingȱtheȱPrinter.................................................................... 19RoutineȱMaintenanceȱSchedule.........................................................19UVȱLampȱCheck..................................................................................20CleaningȱtheȱPrintȱHeadsȱandȱtheȱRoller.........................................20CleaningȱandȱReplacingȱtheȱWiper...................................................23PatternȱTest...........................................................................................25ImprovingȱPrintȱQuality ....................................................................26CleaningȱtheȱRollerȱWasteȱCollectorȱandȱInspectingȱtheȱRollerȱScraper..................................................................................................27ReplacingȱtheȱRollerȱScraper .............................................................30AligningȱtheȱPrintȱHeads...................................................................32Optimizingȱ(Calibrating)ȱPrintȱHeads .............................................35ReplacingȱPrint Heads........................................................................42TestingȱandȱCalibratingȱtheȱUVȱLamps ...........................................53CalibratingȱtheȱLoadȱCells.................................................................59ReplacingȱtheȱOdorȱFilter...................................................................61ReplacingȱtheȱUVȱLamps ...................................................................61BuiltȬinȱTests.........................................................................................66ReplacingȱtheȱWasteȱContainer.........................................................71CleaningȱtheȱExteriorȱPanels .............................................................73
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–2 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Figure 6-1: The Stratasys P750K 3D Printer Starting the Printer1. Turnȱonȱtheȱmainȱpowerȱswitch,ȱlocatedȱatȱtheȱbackȱofȱtheȱprinter.Figure 6-2: Main power switch and cablePrinter coverMaterials cabinetCAUTION!¾Do not attempt to operate the Stratasys printer before being trained by a Stratasys customer-support representative.¾Observe all safety warnings and follow the safety guidelines described in chapter 2.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–3Stratasys P750K User Guide2. AfterȱtheȱprinterȬcontrolȱcomputerȱboots,ȱlogȱinȱtoȱWindowsȱandȱlaunchȱtheȱprinterȬcontrolȱprogram:•OnȱtheȱprinterȬcomputerȱdesktop,ȱdoubleȬclickȱtheȱStratasysȱprinterȱicon.or—•FromȱtheȱStartȱmenu,ȱselectȱ(All) Programs > Objet >Stratasys P750K.Allȱmonitoringȱandȱcontrollingȱofȱtheȱprinterȱisȱdoneȱfromȱthisȱinterface.Figure 6-3: Stratasys P750K interfaceA HASP plug containing a valid product activation key is required on the printer computer. This is installed at the factory or during printer upgrade. If the application does not open and a HASP message appears, contact your dealer or Stratasys Customer Support.One monitor displays both the computer running Objet Studio and the printer server computer. Make sure that the printer interface is displayed.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–4 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Loading Model and Support CartridgesStratasysȱP750Kȱprintersȱuseȱupȱtoȱ12ȱcartridgesȱofȱModelȱmaterialȱandȱfourȱcartridgesȱofȱSupportȱmaterial,ȱeachȱweighingȱ3.6ȱkilogramsȱwhenȱfull.ȱAȱgraphicalȱrepresentationȱofȱtheȱcartridgesȱloadedȱandȱtheirȱcurrentȱweightȱappearsȱinȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ3).Important:ȱȱIfȱyouȱneedȱtoȱreplaceȱtheȱModelȱmaterialȱcurrentlyȱinstalledȱwithȱanotherȱtype,ȱseeȱ“ChangingȱtheȱPrintingȱMaterial”ȱonȱpage 11.ȱOtherwise,ȱmakeȱsureȱtoȱreplaceȱtheȱModelȱcartridgeȱwithȱoneȱcontainingȱtheȱsameȱtypeȱofȱmaterial.To load Model and Support material:1. Openȱtheȱdoorsȱofȱtheȱmaterialsȱcabinet.2. LoadȱModelȱandȱSupportȱcontainersȱintoȱtheirȱrespectiveȱcompartments.Youȱshouldȱfeelȱsomeȱresistance,ȱasȱaȱneedleȱpiercesȱtheȱcartridge.ȱ3. Checkȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱtoȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱnewȱcartridgeȱisȱdetectedȱandȱthatȱitsȱweightȱisȱdisplayedȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ3).4. Closeȱtheȱmaterialsȱcabinet.The materials cabinet uses RFID technology to automatically identify cartridges of printing material. For this purpose, an RFID module is built into the cabinet. Tampering with this module will render the printer inoperable and may void Stratasys warranties and service contracts.Tips about loading and replacing material cartridges:¾You can load partially used cartridges, as long as they contain more than 100 grams of material.¾You can replace material cartridges either before or during printing. ¾If printing stops for an extended time before you replace a material cartridge, the printer may go into Standby or Idle mode. If this happens, see “Resuming Production After Printing has Stopped” on page 9.¾You can replace partially used cartridges to avoid the need for replacing them during printing.¾The cartridge type is automatically detected by the printer. If you replace a cartridge containing different Model material, a message appears recommending that you run the Material Replacement wizard to flush out the old material.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–5Stratasys P750K User GuideProducing ModelsTheȱStratasysȱP750KȱprinterȱproducesȱmodelsȱbyȱprintingȱtrayȱfilesȱpreparedȱinȱtheȱObjetȱStudioȱapplicationȱandȱsentȱtoȱtheȱprinterȱfromȱthere.ȱForȱinformationȱaboutȱpreparingȱmodelȱfilesȱforȱprinting,ȱseeȱ“UsingȱObjetȱStudio”ȱinȱthisȱuserȱguideȱorȱObjetȱStudioȱHelp.Preparing the PrinterTo prepare the printer for producing models:1. Makeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱinȱtheȱprinterȱisȱemptyȱandȱclean.ȱIfȱnot,ȱremoveȱcuredȱmaterialȱwithȱtheȱscraper,ȱandȱcleanȱtheȱtrayȱthoroughlyȱwithȱaȱwetȱcleaningȱcloth.2. MakeȱsureȱthatȱthereȱisȱsufficientȱModelȱandȱSupportȱmaterialȱloaded,ȱasȱindicatedȱinȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ3).ȱYouȱmayȱwantȱtoȱreplaceȱtheȱcartridgesȱofȱModelȱandȱSupportȱmaterialȱcurrentlyȱloadedȱinȱtheȱprinterȱtoȱavoidȱtheȱneedȱforȱreplacingȱthemȱduringȱprinting.ȱBefore beginning to produce models, it is recommended that you check the current printing quality of the print heads by performing a pattern test (see “Pattern Test” on page 25). CAUTION: Use protective gloves when cleaning the build tray, and be careful of the sharp edges of the scraper blade.Forȱinstallingȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱandȱreplacingȱemptyȱones,ȱseeȱ“LoadingȱModelȱandȱSupportȱCartridges”ȱonȱpage 4.ForȱchangingȱtheȱtypeȱofȱModelȱmaterialȱcurrentlyȱloaded,ȱseeȱ“ChangingȱtheȱPrintingȱMaterial”ȱonȱpage 11.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–6 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)3. cartridgesOnȱtheȱprinterȱinterface,ȱclickȱtheȱredȱbuttonȱtoȱswitchȱtheȱprinterȱtoȱonlineȱmode.Theȱcolorȱofȱtheȱbuttonȱchangesȱfromȱredȱtoȱgreenȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ4).ȱIfȱthereȱisȱaȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱqueue,ȱitȱisȱsentȱtoȱtheȱprinter.ȱInȱtheȱprinterȱinterface,ȱtheȱprinterȱmodeȱchangesȱfromȱIdleȱtoȱPreȬprint,ȱasȱtheȱprinter’sȱcomponentsȱprepareȱthemselvesȱforȱproduction:ȱ•Theȱprintȱblockȱisȱheated.•TheȱUVȱlampsȱareȱpoweredȱandȱtheyȱwarmȱup.Whenȱprintingȱbegins,ȱObjetȱStudioȱsendsȱsevenȱslicesȱtoȱtheȱprinterȬcontrolȱapplication.ȱThisȱisȱtheȱstandardȱbufferȱbetweenȱObjetȱStudioȱandȱtheȱprinter.ȱAsȱeachȱsliceȱisȱprinted,ȱanotherȱsliceȱisȱsentȱtoȱtheȱprinter.Dependingȱonȱtheȱsizeȱofȱtheȱmodel(s)ȱtoȱbeȱproduced,ȱprintingȱcanȱtakeȱbetweenȱseveralȱhoursȱtoȱseveralȱdays.ȱAsȱlongȱasȱthereȱisȱenoughȱModelȱandȱSupportȱmaterialȱinȱtheȱsupplyȱcartridges,ȱprintingȱproceedsȱautomaticallyȱuntilȱtheȱjobȱisȱfinished.TheȱStratasysȱP750KȱprinterȱusesȱupȱtoȱsixȱdifferentȱModelȬmaterialȱcartridgesȱtoȱproduceȱmodels.ȱInȱaddition,ȱtwoȱSupportȬmaterialȱcartridgesȱareȱrequired.ȱIfȱadditionalȱcartridgesȱareȱinstalledȱandȱtheyȱareȱnotȱneededȱforȱtheȱcurrentȱprintȱjob,ȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱindicatesȱwhichȱareȱbeingȱused:•Blueȱcartridge—usedȱforȱtheȱprintȱjob•Grayȱcartridge—notȱusedȱforȱtheȱprintȱjobYouȱcanȱmonitorȱprinterȱstatusȱindicatorsȱbyȱswitchingȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱdisplay.ȱToȱdoȱthis,ȱclickȱtheȱdisplayȱtoggleȱbuttonȱinȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱscreen.Figure 6-4: Printer indicatorsTemperature.in front ofprint blockTemperaturebehindprint blockWaste weightDisplaytoggle buttonPrinter set to online mode (green)Chamber temp.Left UV lampRight UV lampTemp. of each headSupport/Model material in print- block reservoirSystem vacuum levelTemp. of material pre-heaters
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–7Stratasys P750K User GuidePrinterInterface Color KeyTheȱbackgroundȱcolorsȱinȱtheȱprinterȱindicatorȱfieldsȱtellȱyouȱatȱaȱglanceȱwhetherȱorȱnotȱtheȱvalueȱorȱitemȱisȱsuitableȱorȱreadyȱforȱprinting.ȱ•Green—suitable/readyȱforȱprintingForȱexample,ȱinȱfigure 6Ȭ4:Headsȱ(°C)—Theȱheadsȱhaveȱreachedȱtheȱtemperatureȱrequiredȱforȱprintingȱmodels.Ambient—Theȱambientȱtemperatureȱofȱtheȱprintingȱchamberȱisȱwithinȱtheȱacceptableȱrange.HeadsȱLiquid—TheȱlevelȱofȱModelȱandȱSupportȱmaterialȱinȱtheȱprintȬblockȱreservoirȱisȱOK.Vacuum—Theȱvacuumȱlevelȱinȱtheȱsystemȱisȱwithinȱtheȱacceptableȱrange.•Red—notȱsuitableȱforȱprintingȱ(orȱindicatesȱaȱwarning)Forȱexample,ȱinȱfigure 6Ȭ4:ȱWaste—Theȱweightȱofȱtheȱwasteȱcontainerȱisȱ9000ȱgrams,ȱmoreȱthanȱallowedȱwhenȱbeginningȱaȱprintȱjob.ȱ(Seeȱ“ReplacingȱtheȱWasteȱContainer”ȱonȱpage 71.)•Blue—notȱreadyForȱexample,ȱinȱfigure 6Ȭ4:UVȱlamps—TheȱUVȱlampsȱareȱnotȱon.Theȱcolorȱofȱtheȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱdisplayedȱinȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱindicatesȱwhichȱcartridgesȱareȱactiveȱforȱtheȱcurrentȱ(orȱnext)ȱprintȱjob.•Blue—activeȱcartridges•Gray—reserveȱcartridges
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–8 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)PrintingIndicators TheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱscreenȱchangesȱwhenȱyouȱsendȱaȱprintȱjobȱfromȱObjetȱStudioȱtoȱtheȱprinter,ȱandȱtheȱprinterȱisȱonȱlineȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ5):•TheȱmodeȱchangesȱfromȱPreȬprintȱtoȱPrinting.ȱ•Theȱspecificȱactivityȱbeingȱperformedȱisȱshownȱinȱtheȱ“currentȱactivity”ȱfield.ȱ•CurrentȱjobȬprintingȱinformationȱisȱdisplayed.•Theȱprintingȱprogressȱbarȱisȱdisplayed.•TheȱStopȱandȱPauseȱbuttonsȱareȱenabled.Whenȱtheȱweightȱofȱaȱcartridgeȱdropsȱbelowȱ100ȱgrams,ȱtheȱdisplayȱofȱtheȱmaterialȱlevelȱinȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱisȱred.ȱFigure 6-5: Printer interface during printingProgress barPause buttonStop buttonPrinter modeJob informationJob informationCurrent activity
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–9Stratasys P750K User GuideResuming Production After Printing has StoppedIfȱtheȱprintingȱprocessȱisȱinterrupted,ȱObjetȱStudioȱstopsȱsendingȱslicesȱtoȱtheȱprinter.ȱThisȱcanȱhappen,ȱforȱexample,ȱifȱtheȱprintingȱmaterialȱrunsȱoutȱinȱtheȱmiddleȱofȱaȱprintȱjob,ȱandȱyouȱdon’tȱreplaceȱtheȱemptyȱcartridgeȱimmediately.ȱAfterȱtheȱprinterȱchangesȱtoȱStandbyȱorȱIdleȱmode,ȱyouȱneedȱtoȱresumeȱprintingȱfromȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱofȱObjetȱStudio.To continue printing the model:1. Ifȱtheȱprinterȱisȱinȱofflineȱmode,ȱswitchȱitȱtoȱonlineȱmodeȱbyȱclickingȱtheȱredȱbuttonȱatȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ3ȱonȱpage 3).Theȱbuttonȱchangesȱfromȱredȱtoȱgreenȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ4ȱonȱpage 6).2. Ifȱyouȱdon’tȱknowȱwhyȱprintingȱhasȱstopped,ȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱconnectionȱbetweenȱtheȱprinterȱandȱtheȱserverȱcomputerȱisȱactive.3. InȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱofȱObjetȱStudio,ȱclickȱtheȱResumeȱiconȱ.4. InȱtheȱContinueȱfromȱSliceȱdialogȱboxȱthatȱappears,ȱconfirmȱtheȱsliceȱnumber,ȱafterȱcheckingȱtheȱprinterȱinterface.Figure 6-6: Printer interface after interrupted printingFigure 6-7: Continue from Slice confirmation in Objet Studio (Job Managerscreen)5. If,ȱforȱanyȱreason,ȱtheȱcorrectȱnumberȱdoesȱnotȱappearȱinȱtheȱdialogȱbox,ȱenterȱtheȱnumberȱandȱclickȱOK.After printing stops, the printer goes into Standby mode, when heating of print heads is reduced. About 10 hours later, the printer goes into Idle mode, when heating of print heads is stopped. Printer modeLast slice printed
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–10 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Youȱcannotȱcontinueȱprintingȱtheȱmodelȱif:•Theȱnumberȱofȱtheȱlastȱsliceȱprintedȱdoesȱnotȱappearȱinȱtheȱprinterȱinterface,ȱevenȱifȱtheȱserverȱcomputerȱdisplaysȱtheȱContinueȱfromȱSliceȱconfirmationȱdialogȱbox.•Thereȱwasȱaȱrelativelyȱlongȱinterruptionȱinȱprinting,ȱevenȱifȱtheȱ“lastȱslice”ȱandȱ“continueȱfromȱslice”ȱindicatorsȱareȱcorrect.ȱTheȱpartȱofȱtheȱmodelȱalreadyȱprintedȱmayȱdeformȱorȱshrink,ȱandȱthereȱmightȱbeȱaȱvisibleȱdifferenceȱbetweenȱitȱandȱtheȱnewlyȱprintedȱpart.ȱTheȱeffectsȱofȱaȱprintingȱstoppageȱonȱaȱmodelȱdependȱonȱtheȱmodelȱsizeȱandȱstructure,ȱModelȱmaterialȱused,ȱambientȱtemperatureȱandȱtheȱlengthȱofȱtheȱstoppage.If you cannot continue printing: 1. CancelȱtheȱprintȱjobȱinȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreen.2. Removeȱtheȱpartiallyȱprintedȱmodelȱfromȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱ3. RestartȱtheȱjobȱfromȱtheȱJobȱManagerȱscreenȱ(inȱObjetȱStudio).You can stop and later resume printing from either the printer interface or from the Job Manager screen of Objet Studio. After clicking the Stop button on the printer interface, you can resume printing only from the Job Managerscreen. However, after clicking the Pause button in the printer interface, you can only resume printing from the printer interface.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–11Stratasys P750K User GuideChanging the Printing MaterialBeforeȱproducingȱmodelsȱusingȱaȱdifferentȱtypeȱofȱprintingȱmaterialȱthanȱisȱcurrentlyȱinstalled,ȱrunȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱwizardȱtoȱflushȱtheȱprintȱblockȱandȱfeedȱtubes.To replace the printing material with the wizard:1. StartȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenu.Figure 6-8: Starting the Material Replacement wizard2. Inȱtheȱopeningȱscreen,ȱclickȱNext.You should carefully plan printing models with different Model materials to avoid unnecessary waste of the materials currently loaded. The amount of material flushed depends on the flushing cycle chosen and if you are replacing one or more Model cartridges. The Material Replacement wizard suggests the best slot locations for placing different material cartridges, based on materials currently in the system. This ensures minimum flushing of materials currently loaded.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–12 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)3. Ifȱtheȱprinterȱcoverȱisȱnotȱclosed,ȱaȱscreenȱappears,ȱpromptingȱyouȱtoȱcloseȱtheȱcover.ȱConfirmȱthatȱitȱisȱclosedȱandȱclickȱNext.4. Chooseȱtheȱconfigurationȱforȱproducingȱmodels:ȱ•6ȱmaterials•3ȱmaterials5. InȱtheȱRequiredȱmaterialsȱsectionȱofȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱselectȱoneȱorȱmoreȱreplacementȱmaterials.6. SelectȱBoth cartridgesȱifȱyouȱneedȱtoȱloadȱtwoȱreplacementȱcartridges.Loadingȱoneȱreplacementȱcartridgeȱisȱmoreȱeconomicalȱbecauseȱitȱpotentiallyȱrequiresȱlessȱflushingȱofȱmaterialȱcurrentlyȱinȱtheȱsystem.ȱHowever,ȱwhenȱoneȱcartridgeȱisȱnotȱsufficient,ȱloadingȱtwoȱcartridgesȱenablesȱcontinuousȱprintingȱuntilȱtheȱprintȱjobȱisȱcompleted.ȱWhenȱoneȱcartridgeȱemptiesȱandȱtheȱotherȱoneȱisȱbeingȱused,ȱyouȱcanȱreplaceȱtheȱemptyȱcartridgeȱwithȱaȱnewȱone.¾6 materialsEachȱofȱtheȱModelȱmaterialsȱisȱloadedȱintoȱaȱseparateȱchamberȱinȱtheȱprintȱheads.Youȱcanȱprintȱwithȱanyȱofȱtheȱloadedȱmaterialsȱwithoutȱtheȱneedȱtoȱrunȱtheȱwizard.¾3 materialsTwoȱchambersȱinȱeachȱofȱtheȱthreeȱModelȱprintȱheadsȱareȱusedȱforȱeachȱModelȱmaterial.Thisȱmodeȱisȱrequiredȱtoȱproduceȱbuildȱtraysȱatȱhighȱspeed,ȱusingȱupȱtoȱthreeȱModelȱmaterials.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–13Stratasys P750K User Guide7. Chooseȱhowȱthoroughlyȱyouȱwantȱtoȱflushȱoutȱmaterialȱcurrentlyȱinȱtheȱsystem:•Economy.ȱThisȱcycleȱcanȱbeȱusedȱwhenȱreplacingȱaȱlightȬcoloredȱModelȱmaterialȱwithȱaȱdarkerȱmaterialȱ(suchȱasȱTangoBlack™ȱorȱVeroBlack™),ȱorȱifȱtheȱexactȱcolorȱofȱtheȱprintedȱmodelsȱ(inȱtheȱfirstȱprintȱjobs)ȱisȱunimportant.ȱTheȱwizardȱflushesȱtheȱsystemȱwithȱtheȱminimumȱamountȱofȱmaterialȱneededȱtoȱensureȱthatȱmodelsȱhaveȱtheȱmechanicalȱpropertiesȱofȱtheȱnewȱmaterial.•Full.ȱUseȱthisȱcycleȱwhenȱtheȱprintedȱmodelsȱmustȱhaveȱtheȱexactȱcolorȱofȱtheȱnewȱmaterial.Theȱwizardȱthoroughlyȱflushesȱtheȱfeedȱtubesȱandȱprintȱheadsȱneededȱforȱprinting,ȱbasedȱonȱyourȱselectionsȱinȱtheȱpreviousȱscreens.ȱ8. ClickȱNextȱtoȱbeginȱtheȱmaterialȱreplacementȱprocessȱinȱtheȱprinter.TheȱCartridgeȱpositioningȱscreenȱappears,ȱshowingȱyouȱtheȱnewȱlocationȱofȱallȱcartridgesȱinȱtheȱmaterialsȱcabinet.Figure 6-9: Cartridge placementSymbols:Theȱcorrectȱcartridgeȱisȱinȱthisȱslot.Noȱcartridgeȱ(orȱtheȱincorrectȱcartridge)ȱisȱinȱthisȱslot.Theȱcartridgeȱinȱthisȱslotȱhasȱinsufficientȱweightȱtoȱcompleteȱtheȱmaterialȱreplacementȱprocess.Theȱexpirationȱdateȱofȱtheȱcartridgeȱinȱthisȱslotȱhasȱpassed.9. Replaceȱmaterialȱcartridges,ȱasȱnecessary,ȱaccordingȱtoȱtheȱinstructionsȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreen.10. ClickȱStart.There are additional settings that you can select for special purposes (see Advanced Settings). If necessary, click Advanced Settings before clicking Next.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–14 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)11. Readȱtheȱwarningȱmessage,ȱandȱclickȱOK.Figure 6-10: Final wizard screen12. ClickȱDoneȱtoȱcloseȱtheȱwizard.TheȱprinterȬcontrolȱapplicationȱisȱautomaticallyȱupdated,ȱandȱtheȱinterfaceȱdisplaysȱtheȱnewȱmaterial(s).ȱTheȱObjetȱStudioȱapplicationȱ(onȱtheȱprinterȬserverȱcomputer)ȱisȱalsoȱupdatedȱandȱdisplaysȱtheȱnewȱmaterial(s).13. Inspectȱtheȱareaȱaroundȱtheȱpurgeȱunitȱandȱcleanȱit,ȱifȱnecessary.Advanced Settings TheȱAdvancedȱSettingsȱdialogȱboxȱenablesȱyouȱtoȱconfigureȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱwizardȱforȱspecialȱpurposes.ȱIfȱnecessary,ȱclickȱAdvanced SettingsȱinȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱOptionsȱscreenȱbeforeȱclickingȱNext.Figure 6-11: Advanced Replacement settingsIf you continue, you must complete the material replacement process before you can produce models. To replace material at another time, click Cancel. If you continue (by clicking OK) and you do not complete the process, you will need to run the wizard again before producing models. CAUTION: Dispose of all material cartridges in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. If necessary, the cartridges can be disassembled for recycling. If this is done, protect the person handling the cartridges from direct exposure to uncured resins.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–15Stratasys P750K User GuidePositioning Byȱdefault,ȱAutomaticȱslotȱselectionȱdeterminesȱtheȱbestȱslotȱlocationsȱforȱtheȱcartridgesȱinȱtheȱmaterialsȱcabinet,ȱbasedȱonȱmaterialsȱcurrentlyȱinȱtheȱsystem.ȱThisȱensuresȱminimumȱflushingȱofȱmaterialsȱcurrentlyȱloaded.ȱIfȱthereȱisȱaȱspecialȱneedȱtoȱloadȱcartridgesȱinȱcertainȱslotȱlocations,ȱselectȱManual slot selection.AfterȱclickingȱApply,ȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱOptionsȱscreenȱappears,ȱbutȱnow,ȱeachȱmaterialȱselectionȱboxȱcorrespondsȱtoȱoneȱofȱtheȱcartridgeȱlevelsȱinȱtheȱmaterialsȱcabinet.Figure 6-12: Manual cartridge placementFlush Again TheȱflushingȱcycleȱyouȱselectȱinȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱOptionsȱscreenȱdeterminesȱhowȱthoroughlyȱtoȱflushȱoutȱmaterialȱcurrentlyȱinȱtheȱsystem.ȱAfterȱselectingȱtheȱEconomyȱcycleȱandȱcompletingȱtheȱwizard,ȱyouȱmightȱdecideȱthatȱyouȱrequireȱaȱmoreȱthoroughȱflushing,ȱtoȱensureȱaccurateȱmodelȱcolor.ȱOr,ȱyouȱmayȱnoticeȱthatȱprintedȱmodelsȱareȱnotȱsatisfactoryȱbecauseȱtheyȱcontainȱtracesȱofȱtheȱpreviousȱmaterial.ȱIfȱso,ȱyouȱcanȱflushȱoutȱmoreȱmaterial,ȱsoȱthatȱtheȱnextȱmodelsȱwillȱbeȱprintedȱwithȱpureȱmaterial.Afterȱselectingȱtheȱ“flushȱagain”ȱoptionȱandȱclickingȱApply,ȱtheȱMaterialȱReplacementȱOptionsȱscreenȱappears,ȱwhereȱyouȱselectȱtheȱaffectedȱmaterial(s)ȱtoȱbeȱflushed.Note: Select only the materials you need to flush.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–16 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Keeping the Printer in Idle ModeBetweenȱprintingȱjobs,ȱtheȱStratasysȱP750Kȱprinterȱcanȱbeȱkeptȱonȱforȱupȱtoȱoneȱweek.ȱIfȱtheȱprinterȱwillȱnotȱbeȱusedȱforȱmoreȱthanȱaȱweek,ȱuseȱtheȱShutdownȱwizardȱtoȱautomaticallyȱperformȱtheȱproceduresȱthatȱmustȱbeȱdoneȱbeforeȱturningȱoffȱtheȱprinterȱ(seeȱ“ShuttingȱDownȱtheȱPrinter,”ȱbelow).Whenȱtheȱprinterȱstopsȱproducingȱmodels,ȱtheȱprinterȱsoftwareȱautomaticallyȱreducesȱtheȱtemperatureȱofȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱasȱfollows:Note: The printer mode is indicated in the green field on the left of the interface (see figures 6-3, 6-4 and 6-5 on pages 3, 6 and 8).If,ȱafterȱprintingȱaȱjob,ȱyouȱknowȱthatȱtheȱprinterȱwillȱnotȱbeȱusedȱforȱ10ȱhoursȱorȱmore,ȱyouȱcanȱimmediatelyȱturnȱoffȱtheȱheatingȱofȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱbyȱputtingȱtheȱprinterȱintoȱIdleȱmode.To put the printer into Idle mode:¾FromȱtheȱFileȱmenuȱ(inȱtheȱprinterȱinterface)ȱclickȱExit.Note: The printer remains in Idle mode until you open the Stratasys printer application and begin printing again.Time after printing Mode Change in heating of print headsfirstȱ15ȱminutes Standbyȱ1nonenextȱ10ȱhours Standbyȱ2heatingȱreducedȱ(toȱroomȱtemp.)afterȱ10ȱhours Idle heatingȱstoppedWhen the printer is in Idle mode, do not turn it off. It can remain in this mode—with the cover closed—for up to a week. For longer periods, shut down the printer by running the Shutdown wizard (see below).
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–17Stratasys P750K User GuideShutting Down the PrinterYouȱonlyȱneedȱtoȱshutȱdownȱtheȱStratasysȱprinterȱifȱitȱwillȱnotȱbeȱusedȱforȱaȱweekȱorȱmore.ȱOtherwise,ȱtheȱprinterȱcanȱremainȱon,ȱinȱIdleȱmode.ȱToȱproperlyȱshutȱdown,ȱtheȱprinterȱneedsȱtoȱperformȱseveralȱprocesses.ȱTheseȱareȱcontrolledȱbyȱtheȱShutdownȱwizard.ȱDoȱnotȱattemptȱtoȱshutȱdownȱtheȱprinterȱbyȱsimplyȱclosingȱtheȱcomputerȱinterfaceȱ(theȱprinterȬcontrolȱapplication),ȱandȱneverȱdisconnectȱpowerȱtoȱtheȱprinterȱbeforeȱcompletingȱthisȱwizard.Dependingȱonȱtheȱlengthȱofȱtimeȱtheȱprinterȱwillȱnotȱbeȱused,ȱyouȱcanȱchooseȱbetweenȱaȱshortȱshutdownȱprocedure,ȱandȱaȱmoreȱthoroughȱprocedure.•Upȱtoȱ30ȱdays:ȱTheȱwizardȱemptiesȱtheȱprintȱblockȱofȱModelȱandȱSupportȱmaterial,ȱtoȱpreventȱleaks.ȱThisȱtakesȱaboutȱ10ȱminutes.•Moreȱthanȱ30ȱdays:ȱTheȱwizardȱemptiesȱtheȱprintȱblock,ȱthenȱflushesȱtheȱsystemȱwithȱcleaningȱfluid.ȱThisȱtakesȱupȱtoȱ75ȱminutes,ȱandȱyouȱmustȱbeȱpresentȱtoȱloadȱcleaningȬfluidȱcartridgesȱwhenȱinstructed.ȱTo run the Shutdown wizard:1. StartȱtheȱShutdownȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenu.Figure 6-13: Shutdown wizard, opening screen2. ClickȱNext.The Shutdown process flushes printing materials from printer components. To avoid flushing out valuable material, make sure to print models at least once a week. Many printer operators use this opportunity to print customer samples or test models.CAUTION: Not using the printer for an extended period without first running the wizard can cause serious damage to print heads and other expensive printer parts.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–18 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)3. Chooseȱtheȱappropriateȱoptionȱforȱtheȱlengthȱofȱtimeȱthatȱtheȱprinterȱwillȱnotȱbeȱused—lessȱorȱmoreȱthanȱ30ȱdays.Note: Before selecting More than 30 days, make sure that cleaning-fluid are available.Figure 6-14: Shutdown options4. Inȱtheȱnextȱscreen,ȱverifyȱthatȱtheȱtrayȱisȱemptyȱandȱclickȱNext.Theȱshutdownȱprocedureȱbegins.Figure 6-15: Shutdown progress screenFigure 6-16: Final Shutdown wizard screen5. Afterȱtheȱprinterȱcomputerȱshutsȱdown,ȱturnȱoffȱtheȱmainȱpowerȱswitchȱatȱtheȱbackȱofȱtheȱprinter.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–19Stratasys P750K User GuideMaintaining the PrinterTheȱperformanceȱofȱroutineȱmaintenanceȱtasksȱisȱessentialȱforȱgettingȱsatisfactoryȱresultsȱfromȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprinters.ȱPerformȱtheȱtasksȱatȱspecifiedȱintervalsȱforȱoptimumȱperformance.Routine MaintenanceScheduleȱFrequency Task For More InformationBeforeȱ/ȱafterȱprinting CheckȱUVȱlampȱoverheatingȱindicator. Seeȱ“UVȱLampȱCheck”ȱonȱpage 20.Beforeȱ/ȱafterȱprinting Cleanȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱandȱtheȱrollerȱsurface. Seeȱ“CleaningȱtheȱPrintȱHeadsȱandȱtheȱRoller”ȱonȱpage 20.Daily Cleanȱandȱinspectȱtheȱwiper. Seeȱ“CleaningȱandȱReplacingȱtheȱWiper”ȱonȱpage 23.Weekly PerformȱtheȱPatternȱtest. Seeȱ“PatternȱTest”ȱonȱpage 25.Weekly—whenȱprintingȱwithȱMED610CalibrateȱtheȱUVȱintensity.Seeȱ“TestingȱandȱCalibratingȱtheȱUVȱLamps”ȱonȱpage 53.Weekly Cleanȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollector. Seeȱ“CleaningȱtheȱRollerȱWasteȱCollectorȱandȱInspectingȱtheȱRollerȱScraper”ȱonȱpage 27.Everyȱ300ȱhoursȱofȱprintingȱ(Aȱreminderȱmessageȱappears.)CalibrateȱtheȱUVȱintensity. Seeȱ“TestingȱandȱCalibratingȱtheȱUVȱLamps”ȱonȱpage 53.Everyȱ300ȱhoursȱofȱprintingȱ(Aȱreminderȱmessageȱappears.)Optimizeȱtheȱprintȱheads. Seeȱ“Optimizingȱ(Calibrating)ȱPrintȱHeads”ȱonȱpage 35.Monthly,ȱandȱafterȱreplacingȱprintȱheads Checkȱtheȱalignmentȱofȱtheȱprintȱheads. Seeȱ“AligningȱtheȱPrintȱHeads”ȱonȱpage 32.Monthly Restartȱtheȱprinterȱcomputer.Monthly Inspectȱtheȱexhaustȱsystemȱ(duct,ȱfan,ȱconnections).MonthlyȱCalibrateȱtheȱloadȱcells. Seeȱ“CalibratingȱtheȱLoadȱCells”ȱonȱpage 59.Everyȱ3500ȱhoursȱofȱprintingȱorȱeveryȱtwoȱyearsPreventiveȱmaintenanceȱvisitȱbyȱauthorizedȱserviceȱengineer.ContactȱyourȱStratasysȱserviceȱprovider.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–20 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)UV Lamp Check AȱheatȬsensitiveȱlabelȱisȱfixedȱtoȱtheȱUVȱlampȱcoversȱasȱaȱwarningȱagainstȱoverheating.ȱItsȱcenterȱchangesȱfromȱwhiteȱtoȱblackȱifȱtheȱtemperatureȱofȱtheȱcoverȱreachesȱ65 °Cȱ(150 °F).ȱIfȱthisȱoccurs,ȱdoȱnotȱuseȱtheȱprinter,ȱandȱcallȱyourȱserviceȱprovider.ȱAsȱaȱprecaution,ȱitȱisȱrecommendedȱthatȱyouȱcheckȱtheȱlabelȱbeforeȱandȱafterȱprinting.ȱFigure 6-17: Heat-sensitive label on UV lamp coverCleaning the Print Heads and the RollerPeriodicȱinspectionȱandȱcleaningȱofȱtheȱorificeȱplatesȱonȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱprintȱblockȱensuresȱthatȱtheȱprintȱnozzlesȱareȱnotȱclogged.ȱAȱwizardȱguidesȱyouȱthroughȱtheȱprocedure,ȱandȱadjustsȱcomponentsȱofȱtheȱprinterȱtoȱenableȱyouȱtoȱperformȱit.ȱThisȱprocedureȱtakesȱaboutȱ20ȱminutes,ȱandȱshouldȱbeȱdoneȱatȱtheȱbeginningȱofȱtheȱworkȱdayȱorȱbeforeȱaȱbigȱprintingȱjob.To clean the print heads and the roller:1. Prepare—•isopropanolȱ(IPA—isopropylȱalcohol)ȱorȱethanolȱ(ethylȱalcohol)•disposableȱcleaningȱgloves•aȱsuppliedȱcleaningȱclothȱorȱequivalent•aȱmirror2. StartȱtheȱHeadȱCleaningȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenuȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ22ȱonȱpage 23).NormalOverheating problemIf the UV lamp continues to overheat, and the temperature around the lamp reaches 90 °C (194 °F), a heat fuse cuts the power to the UV lamp and the motion motors. In the unlikely event that this occurs, the printer cannot be used until it is serviced by an authorized service engineer.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–21Stratasys P750K User Guide3. Followȱtheȱinstructionsȱonȱtheȱwizardȱscreens,ȱandȱselectȱtheȱconfirmationȱcheckȱboxes.Figure 6-18: Head cleaning procedure—wizard screen4. ClickȱNext.ȱTheȱprinterȱpreparesȱforȱyouȱtoȱcleanȱtheȱprintȱheads.5. Whenȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱappears,ȱopenȱtheȱcover.Figure 6-19: Head cleaning wizard—steps 5–116. Placeȱtheȱmirrorȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray.7. Putȱonȱtheȱgloves.8. Soakȱtheȱcleaningȱclothȱwithȱalcohol.WARNING: The print head orifice plates (bottom surface) might be hot, so proceed with caution.CAUTION: Uncured printing material on the print heads might cause skin irritation. Use disposable cleaning gloves to protect your hands.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–22 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)9. Cleanȱtheȱorificeȱplates,ȱwithȱaȱbackȬandȬforthȱmotionȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ20).ȱUseȱtheȱmirrorȱtoȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱyouȱhaveȱremovedȱallȱofȱtheȱresidueȱmaterial.Figure 6-20: Cleaning the heads10. Cleanȱtheȱentireȱrollerȱsurface,ȱbyȱrotatingȱitȱasȱyouȱclean.11. Whenȱyouȱhaveȱfinishedȱcleaning,ȱselectȱtheȱconfirmationȱcheckȱboxesȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreenȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ19)ȱandȱclickȱNext.12. Removeȱtheȱcleaningȱmaterialsȱfromȱtheȱprinterȱandȱcloseȱtheȱcover.ȱ13. SelectȱtheȱconfirmationȱcheckȱboxesȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreenȱandȱclickȱNext.TheȱheadȬpurgeȱcycleȱbegins.ȱWhenȱthisȱisȱcomplete,ȱtheȱfinalȱwizardȱscreenȱappears.Figure 6-21: Head-cleaning wizard—final screen14. ClickȱDoneȱtoȱcloseȱtheȱwizard.Use this opportunity to clean the glass lens on the UV lamps.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–23Stratasys P750K User GuideCleaning and Replacing the WiperAȱrubberȱwiperȱremovesȱexcessȱmaterialȱfromȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱafterȱtheȱpurgeȱsequence.ȱThisȱisȱdoneȱautomaticallyȱbeforeȱeachȱprintȱjob,ȱandȱperformedȱmanuallyȱduringȱmaintenanceȱtasks.ȱYouȱshouldȱcleanȱtheȱwiperȱandȱsurroundingȱareaȱatȱleastȱonceȱaȱweek.ȱIfȱtheȱwiperȱisȱdamagedȱorȱworn,ȱreplaceȱit.To inspect and clean the wiper:1. Prepare—•isopropanolȱ(IPA—isopropylȱalcohol)ȱorȱethanolȱ(ethylȱalcohol)•disposableȱcleaningȱgloves•theȱsuppliedȱcleaningȱclothȱorȱequivalent•aȱspareȱwiper2. StartȱtheȱWiperȱCleaningȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenu.Figure 6-22: Starting the Wiper Cleaning wizard3. Inȱtheȱopeningȱwizardȱscreen,ȱclickȱNext.4. Makeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱempty,ȱandȱcloseȱtheȱprinterȱcover.ConfirmȱthisȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreenȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-23: Wiper Cleaning procedure—step 4
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–24 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)5. Whenȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱappears,ȱopenȱtheȱcover.Figure 6-24: Wiper Cleaning wizard during steps 6–106. Putȱonȱtheȱcleaningȱgloves.7. Usingȱaȱgenerousȱamountȱofȱalcoholȱonȱtheȱcleaningȱcloth,ȱremoveȱanyȱmaterialȱremainingȱonȱtheȱwiperȱandȱtheȱsurroundingȱarea.8. Removeȱanyȱpiecesȱofȱwasteȱmaterialȱcollectedȱinȱtheȱpurgeȱunit.ȱIfȱnecessary,ȱremoveȱtheȱwasteȱcollectorȱtoȱcleanȱit.ȱWipeȱtheȱrubberȱseal.Figure 6-25: Purge unit waste collectorNote: When returning the waste collector to the purge unit, make sure to insert it as shown.9. Inspectȱtheȱwiper.ȱIfȱtheȱwiperȱisȱscratched,ȱtornȱorȱworn,ȱorȱifȱyouȱcannotȱcleanȱitȱcompletely,ȱreplaceȱit.a. Graspȱitȱandȱpullȱitȱupȱandȱoutȱofȱitsȱbracket.ȱb. Insertȱtheȱnewȱwiperȱblade,ȱmakingȱsureȱthatȱitȱisȱstraightȱandȱsecuredȱwellȱonȱbothȱsides.10. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreenȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ24),ȱconfirmȱthatȱtheȱwiperȱbladeȱisȱclean,ȱandȱclickȱNext.11. Removeȱallȱtoolsȱandȱcleaningȱmaterialsȱfromȱtheȱprinter,ȱandȱcloseȱtheȱcover.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–25Stratasys P750K User Guide12. Confirmȱthisȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-26: Confirmation screen13. ClickȱDoneȱtoȱcloseȱtheȱwizard.Pattern Test Theȱpatternȱtestȱisȱtheȱbasicȱverificationȱofȱtheȱprinter’sȱabilityȱtoȱproduceȱqualityȱmodels,ȱsinceȱitȱdemonstratesȱtheȱconditionȱofȱtheȱnozzlesȱinȱtheȱprintȱheads.ȱMakeȱsure,ȱtherefore,ȱthatȱyouȱperformȱthisȱtestȱweekly,ȱandȱwheneverȱyouȱsuspectȱaȱprintingȱproblem.To perform the pattern test:1. Makeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱempty.2. Prepareȱaȱsheetȱofȱpinkȱpaper—AȬ4ȱorȱLetterȱsize.3. Inȱtheȱprinter,ȱtapeȱtheȱpinkȱpaperȱtoȱtheȱsurfaceȱleftȱofȱtheȱbuildȱtray.4. PressȱF3,ȱorȱopenȱtheȱOptionsȱmenuȱandȱselectȱPattern Test.Figure 6-27: Pattern Test confirmation5. Ifȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱnotȱclear,ȱclickȱNoȱinȱtheȱfollowingȱdialogȱbox.Thisȱlowersȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱsoȱthatȱmodelsȱonȱtheȱtrayȱareȱnotȱdamaged.Figure 6-28: Build tray (Z) level adjustmentTheȱprinterȱprintsȱaȱseriesȱofȱlinesȱonȱtheȱtestȱpaperȱ(seeȱnextȱfigure).
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–26 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Figure 6-29: Sample Pattern Test6. Carefullyȱinspectȱtheȱtestȱpaperȱtoȱseeȱifȱthereȱareȱmissingȱlines.ȱTooȱmanyȱmissingȱlines,ȱespeciallyȱifȱtheyȱareȱinȱtheȱsameȱarea,ȱindicatesȱthatȱtheȱqualityȱofȱprintingȱwhenȱproducingȱmodelsȱwillȱbeȱpoor.ȱIfȱthisȱisȱtheȱcase,ȱseeȱ“ImprovingȱPrintȱQuality,”ȱbelow.Note: Acceptable model quality is subjective, and depends on the type and scale (size) of the models produced.As a rule, however, more than 10 missing lines in one area of a column is considered unacceptable.Improving Print Quality Ifȱyouȱsuspectȱthatȱprintȱqualityȱisȱpoor,ȱperformȱtheȱpatternȱtestȱ(seeȱ“PatternȱTest”ȱonȱpage 25).ȱIfȱtheȱresultsȱareȱpoor,ȱuseȱtheȱfollowingȱprocedureȱtoȱimproveȱprintȱquality.If the results of the last pattern test are poor:1. FromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenu,ȱselectȱPurge Sequence,ȱorȱpressȱF4.2. Inȱtheȱconfirmationȱdialogȱbox,ȱclickȱYes.TheȱprintȱheadsȱareȱpurgedȱofȱModelȱandȱSupportȱmaterial,ȱandȱtheȱwiperȱremovesȱexcessȱmaterialȱfromȱthem.3. Repeatȱtheȱpurgeȱsequence.4. Performȱtheȱpatternȱtest.If the results of the pattern test are still poor:1. Manuallyȱcleanȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱ(seeȱ“CleaningȱtheȱPrintȱHeadsȱandȱtheȱRoller”ȱonȱpage 20).2. Performȱtheȱpurgeȱsequence.3. Performȱtheȱpatternȱtest.If the results of the pattern test are still poor:1. Carefullyȱcleanȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱagain,ȱmakingȱsureȱthereȱisȱnoȱresidueȱleftȱonȱthem.2. Performȱtheȱpurgeȱsequence.3. Performȱtheȱpatternȱtest.If the results of the pattern test are still poor:¾Optimizeȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱandȱreplaceȱfaultyȱprintȱheads,ȱifȱnecessaryȱ(seeȱ“Optimizingȱ(Calibrating)ȱPrintȱHeads”ȱonȱpage 35).
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–27Stratasys P750K User GuideCleaning the Roller Waste Collector and Inspecting the Roller ScraperTheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱremovesȱwasteȱmaterialȱscrapedȱfromȱtheȱroller.ȱSuctionȱremovesȱthisȱwasteȱtoȱtheȱprinter’sȱwasteȱcontainer.ȱThisȱassemblyȱshouldȱbeȱcleanedȱweeklyȱtoȱpreventȱaȱblockageȱinȱtheȱtubesȱleadingȱtoȱtheȱwasteȱcontainer,ȱsoȱthatȱwasteȱmaterialȱdoesȱnotȱoverflowȱintoȱtheȱprinter.To clean the roller waste collector:1. Prepare—•M2.5ȱandȱM2ȱAllen®ȱkeys•disposableȱcleaningȱgloves•isopropanolȱ(IPA—isopropylȱalcohol)ȱorȱethanolȱ(ethylȱalcohol)•cleaningȱcloth•cottonȱswabsȱ(QȬtipsȱorȱsimilar)2. Putȱonȱtheȱgloves.3. RemoveȱtheȱrightȱUVȬlampȱassembly:a. DisconnectȱtheȱUVȱpowerȱcableȱandȱtheȱfanȱpowerȱcable.Figure 6-30: Disconnecting the right UV assemblyb. RemoveȱtheȱscrewȱthatȱsecuresȱtheȱrightȱUVȱlamp,ȱandȱthenȱpullȱandȱliftȱupȱtheȱUVȱlamp.Fan power connectorUV Power connectorScrew
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–28 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)4. Loosenȱtheȱtwoȱscrewsȱsecuringȱtheȱsuctionȱtubeȱonȱtheȱprintȱblock.Figure 6-31: Lifting the suction tube5. Liftȱtheȱsuctionȱtubeȱtoȱsecureȱitȱinȱaȱraisedȱposition.6. Removeȱtheȱtwoȱscrewsȱsecuringȱtheȱcoveringȱofȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱandȱremoveȱit.Figure 6-32: Removing the roller waste collector covering7. Removeȱtheȱcoveringȱbyȱpullingȱitȱout,ȱandȱthenȱlowerȱit.8. Cleanȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱandȱtheȱscraperȱbladeȱsurfaceȱusingȱcottonȱswabs.ȱMakeȱsureȱtoȱremoveȱanyȱremainingȱprintingȱmaterials.Figure 6-33: Cleaning the roller waste collectorSuction tube screwsBe very careful to save the covering screws. These are special screws; if they are lost, you need to order replacements.Roller waste collector screwsBefore replacing the covering, you can check the effectiveness of the roller scraper—see below.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–29Stratasys P750K User GuideTo check the effectiveness of the roller scraper:1. Putȱonȱtheȱcleaningȱgloves.2. Wetȱaȱclothȱwithȱisopropanol.3. Useȱtheȱclothȱtoȱwetȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱroller.4. Turnȱtheȱrollerȱslowlyȱwithȱyourȱhand.ȱAsȱtheȱbladeȱscrapesȱtheȱroller,ȱmakeȱsureȱtheȱisopropanolȱisȱspreadȱevenlyȱoverȱtheȱentireȱlengthȱofȱtheȱblade.5. Inspectȱtheȱroller.ȱIfȱitȱisȱnotȱdry,ȱreplaceȱtheȱblade.ȱ(Seeȱ“ReplacingȱtheȱRollerȱScraper”ȱonȱpage 30.)6. Beforeȱreturningȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱtoȱtheȱprintȱblock,ȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱpinsȱareȱclean.ȱFigure 6-34: Roller waste collector pinsTo re-assemble the components:1. Returnȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱtoȱtheȱprintȱblockȱandȱscrewȱonȱtheȱcoveringȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ32ȱonȱpage 28).2. Loosenȱtheȱscrewsȱsecuringȱtheȱsuctionȱtube.Figure 6-35: Suction tube correctly positioned3. Lowerȱitȱsoȱthatȱtheȱholeȱinȱtheȱpanelȱbehindȱtheȱsuctionȱtubeȱisȱvisible,ȱandȱtightenȱtheȱscrewsȱtoȱsecureȱtheȱtube.ȱ4. AttachȱtheȱrightȬUVȬlampȱassemblyȱtoȱtheȱprintȱblockȱandȱreconnectȱtheȱUVȱpowerȱandȱfanȱcables.Roller waste collector pinsSecuring screws
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–30 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Replacing the Roller Scraper Youȱshouldȱreplaceȱtheȱrollerȱscraperȱblade—•afterȱ1,000ȱhoursȱofȱprinting.•ifȱitȱdoesȱnotȱeffectivelyȱkeepȱtheȱrollerȱclean.To replace the roller scraper:1. Prepare—•aȱnewȱrollerȱscraperȱbladeȱ(KITȬ01026ȬS)•aȱPhillipsȱ1x75ȱmmȱscrewdriver•M2.5ȱandȱM2ȱAllen®ȱkeys2. RemoveȱtheȱrightȱUVȱlampȱandȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱcoveringȱ(seeȱstepsȱ3ȱtoȱ6ȱonȱpage 27.)3. Loosenȱtheȱtwoȱscrewsȱsecuringȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱandȱpullȱitȱout.Figure 6-36: Removing the roller waste collector4. Removeȱtheȱscrewsȱthatȱsecureȱtheȱrollerȱscraperȱassembly.ȱFigure 6-37: Removing the roller scraper screwsYou should periodically test the effectiveness of the roller scraper when you clean the roller waste collector. See “Cleaning the Roller Waste Collector and Inspecting the Roller Scraper” on page 27.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–31Stratasys P750K User GuideFigure 6-38: Removing the old roller scraper blade5. Removeȱtheȱscraperȱbladeȱandȱdiscardȱit.6. Placeȱtheȱnewȱscraperȱbladeȱontoȱtheȱpinsȱinȱtheȱholder,ȱasȱshown.ȱFigure 6-39: Inserting the new roller scraper blade7. Insertȱandȱtightenȱtheȱrollerȱscraperȱbladeȱscrews.Figure 6-40: Tightening the roller scraper screwsImportant:¾Tighten the screws in the order shown in figure 6-40.¾Use the new screws supplied in the replacement kit.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–32 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)8. Afterȱtighteningȱtheȱscrews,ȱinspectȱtheȱbladeȱandȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱitȱisȱstraight.ȱIfȱnecessary,ȱloosenȱtheȱscrewsȱandȱtightenȱthemȱagain,ȱevenly.9. ReturnȱtheȱrollerȱwasteȱcollectorȱassemblyȱandȱtheȱrightȱUVȱlampȱtoȱtheȱprintȱblock.ȱSeeȱstepsȱ6ȱtoȱ4,ȱfromȱpage 29.Aligning the Print Heads Youȱshouldȱcheckȱtheȱalignmentȱofȱtheȱprintȱheads—ȱ•onceȱaȱmonth•afterȱreplacingȱoneȱorȱmoreȱheads•ifȱmodelȱqualityȱisȱnotȱacceptableȱevenȱafterȱcleaningȱtheȱorificeȱplateȱonȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱprintȱblockȱ(seeȱ“CleaningȱtheȱPrintȱHeadsȱandȱtheȱRoller”ȱonȱpage 20)Thisȱprocedureȱtakesȱaboutȱ20ȱminutes.To check the alignment of the print heads:1. Prepare—•aȱtransparencyȱsheet—AȬ4ȱorȱLetterȱsize•anyȱtypeȱofȱstickyȱtape,ȱtoȱfastenȱtheȱtransparencyȱsheetȱtoȱtheȱbuildȱtray2. StartȱtheȱHeadȱAlignmentȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenuȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ8ȱonȱpage 11).3. ClickȱNextȱtoȱbegin,ȱandȱcloseȱtheȱcover.4. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱtoȱconfirmȱthatȱtheȱcoverȱisȱclosed,ȱandȱclickȱNext.5. Whenȱinstructedȱtoȱdoȱso,ȱplaceȱtheȱtransparencyȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray—ȱnextȱtoȱtheȱleftȱandȱrearȱedgesȱofȱtheȱtray,ȱasȱshownȱinȱtheȱfollowingȱfigure.Figure 6-41: Positioning the transparency on the build tray6. Makeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱtransparencyȱsheetȱisȱlyingȱflat,ȱandȱtapeȱitȱtoȱtheȱtray.7. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱtoȱconfirmȱthatȱtheȱtransparencyȱsheetȱisȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱandȱclickȱNext.Theȱprinterȱprintsȱtheȱheadȱalignmentȱtestȱonȱtheȱtransparency.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–33Stratasys P750K User Guide8. Whenȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱappears,ȱremoveȱtheȱtransparency.Figure 6-42: Head Alignment wizard—steps 8–10Theȱtransparencyȱsheetȱisȱprintedȱwithȱsetsȱofȱverticalȱlinesȱinȱsevenȱcolumns,ȱeachȱshowingȱtheȱresultsȱfromȱaȱdifferentȱprintȱhead.Figure 6-43: Sample head-alignment testNote: There is no column for head H7 because its alignment is used as a reference for aligning all other heads.9. Forȱeachȱcolumnȱofȱlines,ȱuseȱaȱmagnifyingȱglassȱorȱloupeȱtoȱinspectȱpairsȱofȱconsecutiveȱrowsȱprintedȱonȱtheȱtransparencyȱtoȱseeȱwhereȱtheȱverticalȱlinesȱalign.Figure 6-44: Comparing rows of alignment linesNote: It does not matter which pair of lines you inspect, since they were all printed by the same head. Choose a pair of clearly printed lines for the inspection. (Since some nozzles may not print clearly, you may have to inspect several pairs of lines to properly view the alignment.)
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–34 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Optimumȱheadȱalignmentȱisȱshownȱwhenȱtheȱfourthȱlinesȱinȱtheȱupperȱandȱlowerȱrowsȱareȱaligned,ȱasȱinȱfigure 6Ȭ44.ȱInȱtheȱexampleȱshown,ȱnoȱchangeȱtoȱtheȱheadȱalignmentȱisȱnecessary.ȱIfȱotherȱlinesȱinȱtheȱsetȱareȱaligned,ȱyouȱneedȱtoȱchangeȱtheȱalignmentȱofȱthatȱhead—inȱtheȱnextȱwizardȱscreens.10. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreenȱshownȱinȱfigure 6Ȭ42,ȱselectȱtheȱTransparencyȱremovedȱcheckȱbox,ȱandȱclickȱNext.Theȱfirstȱinȱaȱseriesȱofȱalignmentȱscreensȱappears.Figure 6-45: Head alignment screen11. InȱtheȱheadȬalignmentȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱnumberȱthatȱindicatesȱwhichȱlinesȱalignȱinȱtheȱupperȱandȱlowerȱrowsȱofȱaȱpairȱonȱtheȱtransparencyȱ(countingȱfromȱtheȱleft)ȱforȱthisȱprintȱhead.Note: Because the alignment of the fourth lines is optimum, the number “4” is selected, by default, in the wizard screen. This does not change the head alignment. If you select other numbers, the wizard adjusts the head alignment, accordingly.12. ClickȱNextȱtoȱdisplayȱtheȱnextȱheadȱalignmentȱscreen,ȱandȱagainȱselectȱtheȱnumberȱrepresentingȱtheȱmostȱcloselyȱalignedȱverticalȱlinesȱonȱtheȱtransparencyȱforȱthatȱprintȱhead.Whenȱyouȱhaveȱfinishedȱaligningȱallȱofȱtheȱheads,ȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱisȱdisplayed.Figure 6-46: Parameter update confirmation
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–35Stratasys P750K User Guide13. Continueȱasȱfollows:•Toȱmakeȱtheȱalignmentȱchangesȱinȱtheȱprinter,ȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱYesȱisȱselected,ȱandȱclickȱNext.•Toȱrecheckȱtheȱalignmentȱtestȱresultsȱbeforeȱmakingȱtheȱalignmentȱchangesȱinȱtheȱprinter,ȱclickȱPrevious.•Ifȱyouȱdoȱnotȱwantȱtoȱmakeȱalignmentȱchangesȱinȱtheȱprinterȱatȱthisȱtime,ȱselectȱNoȱandȱclickȱNext.14. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱyouȱcanȱchooseȱtoȱeitherȱrepeatȱtheȱheadȱalignmentȱprocedureȱorȱcloseȱtheȱwizard.ȱ•Ifȱtheȱmostȱcloselyȱalignedȱverticalȱlinesȱforȱaȱprintȱheadȱwereȱatȱeitherȱextreme—theȱfirstȱorȱseventhȱlines—chooseȱRepeatȱtheȱtest,ȱthenȱclickȱNext.ȱTheȱtransparencyȱtestȱwillȱshowȱifȱtheȱheadsȱareȱnowȱproperlyȱaligned,ȱand—ifȱnot—theȱwizardȱwillȱallowȱyouȱtoȱ“fineȱtune”ȱtheȱalignment.•Ifȱtheȱverticalȱlinesȱforȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱwereȱnotȱalignedȱatȱeitherȱextreme,ȱchooseȱEndȱtheȱwizard,ȱthenȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-47: Repeat head alignment optionOptimizing(Calibrating) Print HeadsTheȱconditionȱofȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱdirectlyȱaffectsȱtheȱqualityȱofȱprintedȱmodels.ȱToȱmaintainȱoptimumȱprinting,ȱyouȱshouldȱroutinelyȱtestȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱandȱcalibrateȱthemȱtoȱtheȱbestȱworkingȱconfigurationȱpossible.ȱToȱdoȱthis,ȱrunȱtheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizardȱeveryȱ300ȱhoursȱofȱprinting.Duringȱthisȱprocedure,ȱyouȱplaceȱaȱscaleȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱandȱconnectȱitȱtoȱtheȱprinter.ȱTheȱweightsȱofȱprintedȱsamplesȱareȱanalyzedȱbyȱtheȱwizardȱtoȱdetermineȱhowȱtoȱoptimizeȱtheȱprintȱheads.ȱIf,ȱduringȱtheȱoptimizationȱprocess,ȱtheȱwizardȱdeterminesȱthatȱaȱprintȱheadȱisȱfaulty—orȱthatȱitȱisȱnegativelyȱaffectingȱlayerȱuniformityȱwithȱtheȱcurrentȱheadȱconfiguration—theȱwizardȱinstructsȱyouȱtoȱreplaceȱit.ȱIfȱthisȱhappens,ȱyouȱhaveȱtheȱoptionȱtoȱreplaceȱtheȱprintȱheadȱorȱtoȱabortȱtheȱwizardȱandȱreplaceȱtheȱheadȱatȱanotherȱtime.ȱRun the Head Optimization wizard whenever the condition of print heads is negatively affecting the quality of printed models, or if you suspect that there is a problem with one or more of the print heads.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–36 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Note: To accurately test and calibrate print heads, they must be clean. If necessary, run the Head Cleaning wizard before beginning this procedure.To test and calibrate the print heads:1. Prepare—•disposableȱcleaningȱglovesȱ(anyȱclean,ȱpowderȬfreeȱprotectiveȱgloves)•pinkȱpaper•theȱMissingȱNozzlesȱruler•theȱscaleȱsuppliedȱforȱuseȱwithȱthisȱwizardNote:Ensure that the scale is calibrated and charged before beginning this procedure.2. StartȱtheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenu.Figure 6-48: Starting the Head Optimization wizard3. Inȱtheȱopeningȱwizardȱscreen,ȱclickȱNextȱtoȱbegin.TheȱWizardȱConditionsȱscreenȱappears.4. Readȱtheȱconditions,ȱselectȱIȱAgreeȱandȱclickȱNext.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–37Stratasys P750K User Guide5. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱselectȱContinue with Head optimizationȱifȱyouȱhaveȱrecentlyȱcleanedȱtheȱprintȱheads.ȱOtherwise,ȱcancelȱtheȱwizardȱandȱrunȱtheȱHeadȱCleaningȱwizard.Figure 6-49: Clean print heads screen6. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱmakeȱsureȱOptimizeȱallȱprintȱheadsȱisȱselectedȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-50: Procedure selection screen7. SelectȱtheȱprintingȱmodeȱforȱwhichȱyouȱwantȱtoȱoptimizeȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-51: Printing mode selection
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–38 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)8. Whenȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱappears,ȱtapeȱaȱsheetȱofȱpinkȱpaperȱtoȱtheȱsurfaceȱleftȱofȱtheȱbuildȱtray,ȱcloseȱtheȱcoverȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-52: Preparations confirmationTheȱprinterȱprintsȱaȱframeȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱandȱthenȱprintsȱtheȱPatternȱTest.9. WhenȱtheȱPatternȱTestȱisȱprinted,ȱcarefullyȱinspectȱit,ȱusingȱtheȱMissingȱNozzlesȱRulerȱtoȱseeȱifȱthereȱareȱmissingȱlines.Figure 6-53: Inspecting the Pattern TestEachȱmissingȱlineȱrepresentsȱaȱfaultyȱnozzleȱinȱtheȱprintȱhead.10. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱwizardȱscreen,ȱenterȱtheȱnumberȱofȱmissingȱnozzlesȱforȱeachȱprintȱheadȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-54: Enter Missing Nozzles screen
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–39Stratasys P750K User Guide11. Theȱwizardȱcontinuesȱaccordingȱtheȱnumberȱofȱmissingȱnozzlesȱyouȱentered.ȱIfȱthereȱareȱtooȱmanyȱmissingȱnozzlesȱforȱacceptableȱprinting,ȱtheȱwizardȱinstructsȱyouȱtoȱreplaceȱtheȱdefectiveȱprintȱhead(s).ȱYouȱcanȱdoȱthisȱnow,ȱorȱabortȱtheȱwizard.Ifȱyouȱareȱpreparedȱtoȱreplaceȱprintȱheadsȱnow,ȱtheȱwizardȱguidesȱyouȱthroughȱtheȱprocedureȱwhenȱyouȱclickȱNext.ȱMakeȱsureȱyouȱhaveȱreplacementȱheadsȱandȱtheȱrequiredȱtoolsȱ(seeȱpage 42).ȱContinueȱwithȱ“PreparingȱtheȱPrint Block”ȱonȱpage 44.Figure 6-55: Head replacement due to missing nozzlesIfȱtheȱnumberȱofȱmissingȱnozzlesȱinȱallȱprintȱheadsȱisȱacceptable,ȱtheȱwizardȱcontinuesȱwithȱtheȱheadȱoptimizationȱprocessȱ(below).12. Setȱupȱtheȱscaleȱinȱtheȱprinterȱbyȱperformingȱtheȱstepsȱlistedȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreen.Figure 6-56: Setting up the Head Optimization scale
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–40 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)13. Afterȱconfirmingȱallȱofȱtheȱitemsȱlistedȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱclickȱNext.Printingȱmaterialȱ(resin)ȱisȱjettedȱfromȱeachȱheadȱandȱitsȱweightȱisȱautomaticallyȱrecorded.ȱThisȱprocessȱisȱrepeatedȱforȱeachȱprintingȱmode,ȱafterȱwhichȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱappears.Figure 6-57: Emptying the Resin Container14. Carefullyȱremoveȱtheȱresinȱcontainerȱfromȱtheȱscaleȱandȱemptyȱitȱintoȱtheȱpurgeȱunitȱinȱtheȱprinter.ȱThenȱreturnȱtheȱcontainerȱtoȱtheȱscale.15. CloseȱtheȱprinterȱandȱclickȱNext.Theȱprinterȱcuresȱtheȱremainingȱresinȱinȱtheȱcontainer.16. Whenȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱappears,ȱremoveȱtheȱscaleȱandȱcleanȱtheȱbuildȱtray.ȱFigure 6-58: Removing the Scale confirmation screenTheȱwizardȱusesȱtheȱdataȱcollectedȱtoȱanalyzeȱtheȱconditionȱofȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱandȱoptimizeȱthemȱsoȱtheyȱprintȱmodelsȱwithȱaȱuniformȱlayerȱofȱmaterial.ȱ•Ifȱtheȱheadsȱareȱinȱsatisfactoryȱcondition,ȱtheȱfollowingȱwizardȱscreenȱappears.CAUTION: The resin in the container is uncured. ¾To prevent contact with skin, wear neoprene or nitrile gloves. ¾Dispose of uncured resin in accordance with applicable regulations. By emptying the container into the purge unit, the resin is stored in the printer’s sealed waste container.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–41Stratasys P750K User GuideFigure 6-59: Final wizard screen, after optimizing print heads•Ifȱtheȱwizardȱdeterminesȱthatȱaȱprintȱheadȱisȱfaulty—orȱthatȱitȱisȱnegativelyȱaffectingȱmodelȱqualityȱwithȱtheȱcurrentȱheadȱconfiguration—youȱneedȱtoȱreplaceȱit.ȱIndicateȱwhetherȱorȱnotȱyouȱwantȱtoȱdoȱsoȱnow.Figure 6-60: Defective print heads foundChooseȱReplaceȱdefectiveȱhead(s)ȱifȱyouȱareȱpreparedȱtoȱreplaceȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱnowȱ(seeȱbelow).ȱor—ChooseȱAbortȱwizardȱifȱyouȱwantȱtoȱreplaceȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱatȱanotherȱtime.Replace print heads only after consulting with a Stratasys-authorized customer-support engineer.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–42 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Toȱreplaceȱprintȱheads,ȱyouȱneedȱtheseȱtoolsȱandȱmaterials:•replacementȱprintȱhead(s)•isopropanolȱ(IPA—isopropylȱalcohol)ȱorȱethanolȱ(ethylȱalcohol)•disposableȱcleaningȱglovesȱ(suppliedȱwithȱtheȱprintȱhead;ȱorȱuseȱanyȱclean,ȱpowderȬfreeȱprotectiveȱgloves)•aȱsuppliedȱcleaningȱclothȱorȱequivalent•aȱmirror•aȱ5ȱmmȱflatȬheadȱscrewdriverȱorȱaȱ3ȱmmȱhexȱ(Allen®)ȱkey,ȱdependingȱonȱtheȱtypeȱofȱprintȱblock•theȱscaleȱsuppliedȱforȱuseȱinȱtheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizardȱ(WeightȱTest)•theȱMissingȱNozzlesȱrulerIfȱyouȱareȱreplacingȱprintȱheadsȱnow,ȱtheȱwizardȱguidesȱyouȱthroughȱtheȱprocedureȱwhenȱyouȱclickȱNext.ȱContinueȱwithȱ“PreparingȱtheȱPrint Block”ȱonȱpage 44.Replacing Print Heads Theȱconditionȱofȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱdirectlyȱaffectsȱtheȱqualityȱofȱprintedȱmodels.ȱYouȱmayȱneedȱtoȱreplaceȱaȱprintȱheadȱifȱoneȱorȱmoreȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱsymptomsȱoccurs:•TheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizardȱdeterminesȱthatȱaȱprintȱheadȱisȱdefective.ȱ(Seeȱ“Optimizingȱ(Calibrating)ȱPrintȱHeads”ȱonȱpage 35.)•Thereȱareȱnoticeableȱgroovesȱinȱtheȱsurfaceȱofȱprintedȱmodels.•Visualȱinspectionȱofȱtheȱheadȱrevealsȱthatȱitsȱsurfaceȱisȱdamaged—peelingȱorȱbubblesȱinȱtheȱnozzleȱarea.•Theȱprinterȱinterfaceȱdisplaysȱaȱwarningȱorȱmalfunctionȱmessageȱrelatingȱtoȱaȱprintȱhead—HeadȱHeaterȱtemperatureȱtimeoutHeadȱHeaterȱthermistorȱopenHeadȱHeaterȱthermistorȱshortReplace print heads only after consulting with an authorized customer-support engineer.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–43Stratasys P750K User GuideTheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizardȱguidesȱyouȱthroughȱtheȱprocedureȱofȱreplacingȱaȱprintȱheadȱandȱadjustsȱprinterȱcomponentsȱtoȱenableȱyouȱtoȱperformȱit.ȱOnlyȱreplaceȱaȱprintȱheadȱwithȱtheȱaidȱofȱtheȱwizard.ȱTheȱentireȱprocedureȱtakesȱaboutȱ45ȱminutes,ȱandȱconsistsȱofȱtheȱfollowingȱphases:ȱA. Identifyingȱtheȱhead(s)ȱneedingȱreplacement.ȱThisȱisȱnormallyȱdoneȱbyȱtheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizard.ȱOtherwise,ȱevidenceȱofȱphysicalȱdamageȱtoȱtheȱheadȱsurfaceȱorȱaȱmalfunctionȱmessageȱindicatesȱwhichȱheadȱneedsȱreplacing.B. Preparingȱtheȱprintȱblockȱforȱheadȱreplacement.Thisȱisȱdoneȱautomaticallyȱwhenȱyouȱrunȱtheȱwizard.C. Removingȱtheȱdefectiveȱprintȱhead.D. Installingȱaȱnewȱprintȱhead.E. Optimizingȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱ(doneȱautomaticallyȱbyȱtheȱwizard).F. Performingȱheadȱalignment.To replace a print head:1. Prepare—•replacementȱprintȱhead(s)•isopropanolȱ(IPA—isopropylȱalcohol)ȱorȱethanolȱ(ethylȱalcohol)•disposableȱcleaningȱglovesȱ(suppliedȱwithȱtheȱprintȱhead;ȱorȱuseȱanyȱclean,ȱpowderȬfreeȱprotectiveȱgloves)•aȱsuppliedȱcleaningȱclothȱorȱequivalent•aȱmirror•aȱ5ȱmmȱflatȬheadȱscrewdriverȱorȱaȱ3ȱmmȱhexȱ(Allen®)ȱkey,ȱdependingȱonȱtheȱtypeȱofȱprintȱblock•theȱscaleȱsuppliedȱforȱuseȱinȱtheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizardȱ(WeightȱTest)•theȱMissingȱNozzlesȱrulerNote: Make sure that you have these items and that the scale is calibrated and charged before continuing.2. StartȱtheȱHeadȱOptimizationȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenuȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ48ȱonȱpage 36).3. Inȱtheȱopeningȱwizardȱscreen,ȱclickȱNextȱtoȱbegin.TheȱWizardȱConditionsȱscreenȱappears.4. Readȱtheȱconditions,ȱselectȱIȱAgreeȱandȱclickȱNext.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–44 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)5. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱselectȱContinue with Head optimizationȱifȱyouȱhaveȱrecentlyȱcleanedȱtheȱprintȱheads.ȱOtherwise,ȱcancelȱtheȱwizardȱandȱrunȱtheȱHeadȱCleaningȱwizard.Figure 6-61: Clean print heads screen6. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱselectȱReplaceȱfaultyȱheadsȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-62: Procedure selection screenPreparing thePrint Block 7. Selectȱtheȱprintȱhead(s)ȱneedingȱreplacementȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-63: Head selection screen
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–45Stratasys P750K User GuideTheȱprinterȱheatsȱandȱemptiesȱtheȱprintȱblockȱandȱpreparesȱtheȱprinter.ȱ(Thisȱcanȱtakeȱupȱtoȱ15ȱminutes.)Figure 6-64: Printer preparation progress screen8. Theȱfollowingȱscreenȱappearsȱwhenȱtheȱprinterȱisȱreadyȱforȱyouȱtoȱreplaceȱprintȱheads.Figure 6-65: Printer ready for head replacement9. Putȱonȱtheȱprotectiveȱglovesȱandȱopenȱtheȱprinterȱcover.Note: The printer disconnects power to the heads for your safety.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–46 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Removing theDefective Head 10. Onȱtheȱprintȱblock,ȱreleaseȱtheȱupperȱandȱlowerȱscrewsȱthatȱsecureȱtheȱprintȱheadȱinȱtheȱblock.ȱ(Ifȱnecessary,ȱyouȱmayȱuseȱaȱscrewdriverȱtoȱloosenȱtheȱscrews.)Figure 6-66: Releasing the locking screws11. Pressȱdownȱonȱtheȱupperȱandȱlowerȱlockingȱscrewsȱtoȱreleaseȱtheȱprintȱhead.Figure 6-67: Releasing the print head12. LoosenȱtheȱscrewsȱonȱtheȱdoorȱofȱtheȱcompartmentȱprotectingȱtheȱprintȬheadȱdriverȱcardsȱ(A),ȱthenȱpullȱandȱliftȱupȱtheȱdoorȱ(B).Figure 6-68: Opening the print-head compartment
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–47Stratasys P750K User Guide13. PullȱtheȱprintȬheadȱdriverȱcardȱoutȱofȱitsȱsocketȱsoȱthatȱtheȱheadȱisȱfreeȱ(A)ȱandȱremoveȱitȱfromȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱprintȱblockȱ(B).Figure 6-69: Releasing the print-head driver card to remove the head14. Makeȱsureȱthatȱalongȱwithȱtheȱhead,ȱyouȱremoveȱtheȱtwoȱrubberȱOȬringȱseals.Figure 6-70: O-ring seals on the print headFigure 6-71: Making sure the O-rings are not stuck to the print blockImportant: If the seals are not removed with the head, they are probably stuck to the print block housing. If so, remove them.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–48 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Installing theNew Head 15. InspectȱtheȱreplacementȱheadȱandȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱOȬringȱsealsȱareȱinȱplaceȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ70).16. GentlyȱinsertȱtheȱreplacementȱheadȱintoȱtheȱvacantȱslotȱinȱtheȱprintȱblockȱandȱpushȱtheȱprintȬheadȱdriverȱcardȱintoȱitsȱsocket.Note: Make sure to insert the head with the driver card facing its socket, in the rear of the print block.Figure 6-72: Inserting the print-head driver card into its socket17. Pushȱtheȱheadȱupȱuntilȱyouȱhearȱitȱclickȱintoȱplace,ȱinȱbothȱfrontȱandȱrearȱholders.Figure 6-73: Clicking the head into place in the print block18. Lowerȱtheȱdoorȱofȱtheȱprintȱheadȱcompartmentȱandȱtightenȱtheȱscrewsȱtoȱlockȱitȱinȱplace.19. Tightenȱtheȱupperȱandȱlowerȱscrewsȱthatȱsecureȱtheȱprintȱheadȱinȱtheȱprintȱblockȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ66ȱonȱpage 46).Note: Hand-tighten these screws. Do not use a screwdriver.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–49Stratasys P750K User Guide20. InȱtheȱReplaceȱprintȱheadsȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱtoȱconfirmȱthatȱyouȱhaveȱreplacedȱtheȱhead(s)ȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-74: Head replacement confirmation21. Withȱyourȱfingers,ȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱnewȱheadȱisȱlevelȱandȱevenȱwithȱtheȱotherȱheads.Figure 6-75: Checking the level of the new head22. ConfirmȱthatȱtheȱheadsȱareȱlevelȱandȱevenȱbyȱselectingȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱinȱtheȱfollowingȱwizardȱscreenȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-76: Installation-check screen
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–50 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)23. Inȱtheȱnextȱwizardȱscreen,ȱconfirmȱthatȱyouȱhaveȱremovedȱallȱtoolsȱandȱobjectsȱfromȱtheȱprinter.Figure 6-77: Cleared-tray confirmation screen24. Closeȱtheȱprinterȱcover.Theȱwizardȱcontinuesȱbyȱheatingȱtheȱheads,ȱthenȱfillingȱandȱpurgingȱthem.ȱIfȱthereȱareȱnoȱinstallationȱproblems,ȱtheȱoptimizationȱprocedureȱbegins,ȱtoȱcalibrateȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱtoȱtheȱbestȱworkingȱconfiguration—seeȱ“Optimizingȱ(Calibrating)ȱPrintȱHeads”ȱonȱpage 6Ȭ35.Ifȱinstallationȱproblemsȱareȱdetected,ȱtheȱwizardȱalertsȱyouȱandȱinstructsȱyouȱhowȱtoȱcontinueȱ(seeȱ“InstallationȱProblems,”ȱnext).Afterȱreplacingȱprintȱheads,ȱyouȱshouldȱcheckȱtheȱheadȱalignmentȱbeforeȱusingȱtheȱprinterȱtoȱproduceȱmodels.ȱInȱtheȱfinalȱwizardȱscreen...¾SelectȱYesȱandȱclickȱDoneȱtoȱopenȱtheȱHeadȱAlignmentȱwizardȱ(seeȱ“AligningȱtheȱPrintȱHeads”ȱonȱpage 32).ȱ¾SelectȱNoȱandȱclickȱDoneȱtoȱalignȱtheȱheadsȱatȱanotherȱtime.Figure 6-78: Final wizard Screen
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–51Stratasys P750K User GuideInstallationProblems Ifȱtheȱprinterȱdetectsȱthatȱthereȱisȱaȱproblemȱafterȱyouȱinstallȱprintȱheads,ȱrelevantȱwarningȱscreensȱappear.•Ifȱtheȱprinterȱsoftwareȱdoesȱnotȱdetectȱtheȱreplacedȱhead,ȱtheȱfollowingȱwarningȱscreenȱappears.ȱFigure 6-79: Incorrect-installation screenIfȱthisȱhappens:ȱa. Openȱtheȱprintȱheadȱcompartmentȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ68ȱonȱpage 46).b. ReȬinsertȱtheȱprintȬheadȱdriverȱcardȱintoȱitsȱsocketȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ72ȱonȱpage 48).c. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱtoȱconfirmȱthatȱyouȱhaveȱreȬinsertedȱtheȱcardȱandȱclickȱNext.•IfȱtheȱreplacementȱheadȱwasȱnotȱfactoryȬcalibrated,ȱtheȱfollowingȱwarningȱscreenȱappears.ȱFigure 6-80: Invalid-data warning screenIfȱthisȱhappens:ȱa. Removeȱtheȱheadȱandȱreplaceȱitȱwithȱanotherȱoneȱ(startingȱwithȱstep 10ȱonȱpage 46).b. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱtoȱconfirmȱthatȱyouȱhaveȱinstalledȱanotherȱprintȱheadȱandȱclickȱNext.c. ContactȱyourȱauthorizedȱCustomerȱSupportȱcenterȱaboutȱtheȱunformattedȱhead.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–52 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)•Ifȱtheȱvacuumȱtestȱisȱnotȱsuccessful,ȱtheȱreplacementȱheadȱwasȱnotȱsealedȱproperlyȱduringȱinstallation,ȱandȱtheȱfollowingȱwarningȱscreenȱappears.Figure 6-81: Vacuum-leakage warning screenIfȱthisȱhappens:ȱa. ClickȱNext.b. FollowȱtheȱinstructionsȱonȱtheȱwizardȱscreensȱtoȱreȬinstallȱtheȱhead.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–53Stratasys P750K User GuideTesting and Calibrating the UV LampsTheȱeffectiveȱUVȱradiationȱfromȱtheȱlampsȱusedȱforȱcuringȱmodelsȱcanȱchangeȱoverȱtime.ȱToȱensureȱoptimumȱcuringȱofȱmodelsȱduringȱprinting,ȱaȱpopȬupȱmessageȱremindsȱyouȱtoȱtestȱtheȱlampsȱandȱcalibrateȱtheirȱeffectiveȱUVȱradiationȱafterȱeveryȱ300ȱhoursȱofȱprinting.ȱYouȱdoȱthisȱbyȱrunningȱtheȱUVȱCalibrationȱWizard.ToȱmeasureȱtheȱUVȱradiation,ȱyouȱneed:•StratasysȱTOLȬ03005ȬSȱ(UVȱsensorȱandȱcable,ȱsuppliedȱwithȱtheȱprinter)or—•aȱstandȬaloneȱUVȱradiationȱmeter,ȱapprovedȱforȱuseȱwithȱtheȱprinterTheȱwizardȱcomparesȱtheȱmeasuredȱradiationȱtoȱtheȱrecommendedȱradiationȱlevelȱforȱeachȱofȱtheȱlamps,ȱatȱeachȱprintingȱmode—HighȱSpeed,ȱȱHighȱQualityȱandȱDigitalȱMaterial.Whenȱcalibratingȱtheȱlamps,ȱtheȱwizardȱattemptsȱtoȱadjustȱtheȱradiationȱlevel,ȱifȱnecessary.•Ifȱtheȱreadingȱisȱwithinȱtheȱacceptableȱrange,ȱtheȱwizardȱcontinuesȱtoȱtheȱnextȱphase.ȱ•Ifȱfurtherȱadjustmentȱisȱnecessary,ȱtheȱcurrentȱphaseȱisȱrepeated.ȱ•IfȱtheȱUVȱradiationȱisȱtooȱlowȱtoȱbeȱproperlyȱadjusted,ȱtheȱwizardȱcontinuesȱtoȱtheȱnextȱphase,ȱbutȱtheȱfinalȱwizardȱscreenȱindicatesȱthatȱtheȱlamp’sȱradiationȱforȱtheȱprintingȱmodeȱisȱunacceptable.To test and calibrate UV lamp radiation:1. StartȱtheȱUVȱCalibrationȱWizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenuȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ22ȱonȱpage 6Ȭ23).2. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱselectȱCalibrate UV Intensity toȱadjustȱtheȱlamp’sȱradiationȱlevelȱtoȱtheȱacceptableȱrange.ȱFigure 6-82: UV Test/Calibration selectionBefore testing and calibrating the UV lamps: ¾Make sure the glass lens on each of the UV lamps is clean. For easy access, run the Head Cleaning Wizard, and use the special cleaning pad supplied.¾Make sure that the glass over the UV radiation sensor is clean.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–54 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)3. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱselectȱtheȱUVȱsensorȱandȱmeasuringȱdeviceȱtoȱbeȱused.Figure 6-83: UV device selection4. Makeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱclearȱ(empty),ȱconfirmȱthisȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreenȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-84: Printer preparation¾WhenȱusingȱtheȱStratasysȱUVȱsensorȱ(TOLȬ03005ȬS),ȱcontinueȱwithȱ“UVȱsensorȱconnectedȱtoȱprinter,”ȱbelow.¾WhenȱusingȱaȱstandȬaloneȱradiationȱmeter,ȱcontinueȱwithȱ“ExternalȱUVȱmeter”ȱonȱpage 57.UV Measuring Device When you use the Stratasys UV sensor (TOL-03005-S), you connect it to the printer. The wizard automatically measures and calibrates the UV radiation.If you use a stand-alone UV radiation meter, you need to manually enter the readings from the meter in the wizard screens.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–55Stratasys P750K User GuideThe following steps apply when using the Stratasys UV sensor that you connect to the printer (TOL-03005-S). They do not apply when using a stand-alone UV radiation measuring device.UV sensorconnected to printer 1. AdjustȱtheȱwizardȱforȱtheȱsensitivityȱofȱtheȱUVȱsensorȱbyȱenteringȱtheȱCFȱnumberȱthatȱappearsȱonȱtheȱsensor’sȱlabel.Figure 6-85: UV sensor synchronizationFigure 6-86: Label on the bottom of the UV sensorTheȱbuildȱtrayȱlowersȱsoȱyouȱcanȱconnectȱtheȱUVȱsensor.Figure 6-87: UV sensor connector
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–56 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)2. ConnectȱtheȱUVȱsensorȱcableȱtoȱtheȱconnectorȱinȱtheȱprinter.Figure 6-88: Sensor preparation3. ConfirmȱtheȱitemsȱlistedȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreenȱandȱclickȱNext.Continue with “UV measurement” on page 58.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–57Stratasys P750K User GuideExternal UV meter The following steps apply when using a stand-alone UV meter. They do not apply when using the Stratasys UV sensor connected to the printer.1. Whenȱtheȱfollowingȱscreenȱappears,ȱopenȱtheȱprinterȱandȱplaceȱtheȱUVȱsensorȱatȱtheȱrearȱedgeȱofȱtheȱtray,ȱinȱtheȱcenter.Figure 6-89: Sensor placement screenFigure 6-90: Correct UV-sensor placement2. Leadȱtheȱcableȱoutȱofȱtheȱprinterȱsoȱthatȱyouȱcanȱcloseȱtheȱprinter,ȱandȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱcableȱwillȱnotȱinterfereȱwithȱtheȱmovingȱprintȱblock.3. Closeȱtheȱprinter,ȱwhileȱcheckingȱthatȱtheȱsensorȱdoesȱnotȱmoveȱoutȱofȱposition.4. SetȱtheȱUVȱmeterȱtoȱmeasureȱmJ/cm2.5. Setȱtheȱrangeȱonȱtheȱmeterȱtoȱ2,000.6. ConnectȱtheȱcableȱfromȱtheȱsensorȱtoȱtheȱUVȱmeter.ȱ7. TurnȱonȱtheȱUVȱmeter,ȱandȱwaitȱuntilȱ“0ȱ0ȱ0.0”ȱappearsȱonȱtheȱdisplay.8. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱconfirmȱthatȱtheȱsensorȱisȱpositionedȱcorrectly,ȱandȱclickȱNext.Continue with “UV measurement” on page 58.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–58 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)UV measurement TheȱUVȱlampsȱpowerȱupȱandȱstabilize.ȱ(Thisȱtakesȱseveralȱminutes.)ȱThen,ȱtheȱprintȱblockȱpassesȱoverȱtheȱsensorȱandȱtheȱwizardȱcomparesȱtheȱmeasuredȱradiationȱtoȱtheȱrecommendedȱlevelȱforȱeachȱUVȱlampȱandȱprintingȱmode.ȱDuringȱthisȱprocess,ȱwhichȱtakesȱ20–40ȱminutes,ȱyouȱneedȱtoȱmonitorȱtheȱprogressȱasȱdisplayedȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreen.Figure 6-91: UV measurement progress¾WhenȱusingȱaȱstandȬaloneȱradiationȱmeter,ȱresetȱtheȱmeterȱandȱenterȱtheȱreadingȱ(measurement)ȱwhenȱyouȱareȱpromptedȱtoȱdoȱso.Figure 6-92: UV measurement dialog boxIfȱtheȱUVȱlevelȱmeasuredȱisȱnotȱacceptable,ȱtheȱwizardȱcalibratesȱtheȱUVȱlampȱbyȱadjustingȱtheȱcurrentȱsuppliedȱtoȱit,ȱandȱthenȱtestsȱitȱagain.WhenȱallȱUVȱtestsȱhaveȱfinished,ȱtheȱresultsȱareȱdisplayed,ȱshowingȱtheȱconditionȱofȱtheȱlampsȱafterȱcalibrationȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ93).Figure 6-93: Results and condition of UV lamps after calibration
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–59Stratasys P750K User GuideAfter examining the UV calibration results:1. ClickȱNext.2. RemoveȱtheȱUVȱsensorȱandȱcloseȱtheȱprinterȱcover.ȱAfterȱconfirmingȱtheȱitemsȱlistedȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-94: Final UV Calibration Wizard screenCalibrating the Load Cells Loadȱcellsȱareȱsensorsȱthatȱmeasureȱtheȱweightȱofȱtheȱmaterialȱcartridgesȱandȱtheȱwasteȱcontainerȱinȱtheȱprinter.ȱItȱisȱimportantȱthatȱyouȱperiodicallyȱcheckȱthatȱtheȱweightȱmeasurementsȱareȱaccurate,ȱbothȱforȱconvenienceȱandȱtoȱpreventȱunnecessaryȱwasteȱofȱprintingȱmaterials.ȱItȱisȱrecommendedȱthatȱyouȱcalibrateȱtheȱloadȱcellsȱonceȱaȱmonth.To calibrate load cells:1. StartȱtheȱLoadȱCellȱCalibrationȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenuȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ8ȱonȱpage 11).ȱ2. Inȱtheȱfollowingȱscreen,ȱselectȱoneȱorȱmoreȱloadȱcellsȱthatȱyouȱwantȱtoȱcalibrate.ȱFigure 6-95: Load cell selection3. Removeȱeachȱselectedȱcartridgeȱfromȱtheȱmaterialsȱcart,ȱandȱclickȱNext.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–60 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)4. Inȱtheȱnextȱwizardȱscreen,ȱobserveȱtheȱnumbersȱandȱwaitȱuntilȱtheȱlevelȱisȱrelativelyȱstable—twoȱunitsȱaboveȱorȱbelowȱtheȱaverageȱlevelȱshown.Figure 6-96: Level stabilization5. Selectȱtheȱcheckȱbox,ȱandȱclickȱNext.6. ClickȱDoneȱinȱtheȱfinalȱwizardȱscreen.Figure 6-97: Final wizard screen
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–61Stratasys P750K User GuideReplacing the Odor Filter Ifȱtheȱprinterȱexhaustȱisȱnotȱconnectedȱtoȱanȱexternalȱventilationȱsystem,ȱaȱbuiltȬinȱactivatedȬcarbonȱfilterȱremovesȱodorsȱfromȱprintingȱmaterials.ȱThisȱfilterȱshouldȱbeȱreplacedȱregularlyȱ(asȱnecessary)ȱtoȱkeepȱyourȱworkingȱenvironmentȱpleasant.ȱThisȱisȱnormallyȱdoneȱduringȱtheȱpreventiveȬmaintenanceȱserviceȱvisit.Replacing the UV Lamps TheȱUVȱlampsȱusedȱforȱcuringȱmodelsȱhaveȱaȱlong,ȱbutȱlimited,ȱworkingȱlife.ȱTheȱStratasysȱserviceȱengineerȱtestsȱtheirȱeffectivenessȱduringȱregularȱmaintenanceȱchecks,ȱandȱreplacesȱthem,ȱifȱnecessary.ȱYouȱcanȱtestȱandȱadjustȱtheirȱeffectiveȱpowerȱwithȱtheȱUVȱCalibrationȱwizardȱ(seeȱ“TestingȱandȱCalibratingȱtheȱUVȱLamps”ȱonȱpage 53.ȱIfȱyouȱneedȱtoȱreplaceȱaȱUVȱlamp,ȱfollowȱtheseȱinstructions:ȱ1. Makeȱsureȱtheȱprinterȱisȱinȱofflineȱmode.Figure 6-98: Offline mode indicator (red)Theȱonline/offlineȱbuttonȱatȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱprinterȱinterfaceȱshouldȱbeȱred.ȱIfȱnot,ȱclickȱitȱtoȱswitchȱtheȱprinterȱtoȱofflineȱmode.2. StartȱtheȱUVȱLampȱReplacementȱwizardȱfromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenuȱ(seeȱfigure 6Ȭ8ȱonȱpage 11).ȱ3. Makeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱisȱempty,ȱandȱconfirmȱthisȱinȱtheȱwizardȱscreen.ȱThen,ȱcloseȱtheȱprinterȱcoverȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-99: “Empty tray” confirmation screenTheȱaxesȱmoveȱtoȱtheȱ“home”ȱposition.WARNING: Before continuing, make sure that the safety interlock is not defeated, and that the lamp is not hot.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–62 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)4. SelectȱtheȱUVȱlamp(s)ȱtoȱbeȱreplacedȱandȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-100: UV lamp selection screen5. DisconnectȱtheȱUVȬlampȱpowerȱconnectorȱandȱtheȱUVȱheatȱfuseȱconnector.Figure 6-101: Disconnecting the UV lamp Note: Do not disconnect the power connection to the cooling fans.6. LoosenȱtheȱscrewȱsecuringȱtheȱUVȱlampȱcoverȱ(A),ȱandȱpullȱtheȱcoverȱupȱ(B),ȱthenȱoutȱ(C).Figure 6-102: Removing the UV lamp cover
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–63Stratasys P750K User Guide7. Pullȱtheȱlampȱreflectorȱoutȱofȱtheȱprintȱblock.Figure 6-103: Removing the UV lamp reflector8. Inspectȱtheȱnewȱlampȱreflector,ȱandȱmakeȱsureȱthatȱaȱblackȱstripȱisȱattachedȱtoȱtheȱinsideȱofȱit.ȱIfȱnot,ȱinstallȱone—onȱtheȱsideȱofȱtheȱreflectorȱoppositeȱ(notȱnextȱto)ȱtheȱprintȱblock.Note: Extra black strips are included in the printer Start-up Kit. If necessary, you can remove the black strip from the old reflector and install it in the new reflector (as long as the black paint has not faded).9. Discardȱtheȱoldȱreflectorȱandȱlamp.Dispose of the used UV lamp in accordance with environmental and safety requirements.WARNING: Broken lamp hazard.UV lamps contain mercury. Deal with broken lamps with caution.¾Ventilate the room thoroughly.¾Use protective gloves when collecting mercury and lamp components.¾Remove spilled mercury with a method that prevents the generation of mercury vapor, such as a syringe, packing tape or paper. ¾Place the broken lamp, mercury and contaminated materials in an air-tight, non-metallic container.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–64 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)10. InsertȱtheȱnewȱUVȱlamp/reflectorȱunitȱintoȱtheȱhousingȱnextȱtoȱtheȱprintȱblock.Figure 6-104: Print block and UV lamp assembly, showing correct placement of black strip11. Replaceȱtheȱlampȱcoverȱbyȱinsertingȱitȱintoȱtheȱslotȱonȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱhousing,ȱandȱtightenȱtheȱsecuringȱscrewȱonȱtop.Figure 6-105: Replacing the lamp cover12. Reconnectȱtheȱpowerȱandȱheatȱfuseȱconnectors.Figure 6-106: Connecting the UV lamp
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–65Stratasys P750K User Guide13. Inȱtheȱwizardȱscreen,ȱconfirmȱthatȱyouȱhaveȱreplacedȱtheȱlamp(s)ȱandȱthatȱtheȱblackȱstripȱisȱattached,ȱthenȱclickȱNext.Figure 6-107: UV-installation confirmation screenTheȱwizardȱoperatesȱtheȱlampsȱandȱchecksȱifȱtheirȱpowerȱisȱwithinȱtheȱacceptableȱrangeȱforȱeachȱprintingȱmode.ȱ(TheȱmodeȱcurrentlyȱbeingȱcheckedȱappearsȱinȱtheȱlowerȬleftȱcornerȱofȱtheȱprinterȱinterface.)Figure 6-108: Status screen during UV lamp check14. AfterȱreplacingȱaȱUVȱlamp,ȱitȱisȱrecommendedȱthatȱyouȱcalibrateȱitsȱpowerȱforȱtheȱvariousȱprintingȱmodes.ȱTheȱnextȱscreenȱallowsȱyouȱtoȱcontinueȱtoȱtheȱUVȱCalibrationȱwizardȱ(seeȱ“TestingȱandȱCalibratingȱtheȱUVȱLamps”ȱonȱpage 53).Figure 6-109: Final wizard screen
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–66 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Built-in Tests Theȱprinterȱapplicationȱcontainsȱaȱsuiteȱofȱtestsȱforȱregularlyȱcheckingȱtheȱhardwareȱandȱsoftware,ȱandȱforȱtroubleshooting.ȱYouȱcanȱconfigureȱbasicȱcommunicationsȱandȱenvironmentȱtestsȱtoȱrunȱautomatically,ȱwhenȱtheȱStratasysȱsoftwareȱopens.ȱInȱaddition,ȱyouȱcanȱrunȱaȱmoreȱcomprehensiveȱsetȱofȱtestsȱbeforeȱprocessingȱaȱprintȱjob,ȱasȱaȱsystemȱcheck,ȱtoȱensureȱoptimumȱprintingȱresults.ȱBecauseȱrunningȱtheȱtestsȱeffectsȱtheȱoperationȱofȱtheȱprinter,ȱyouȱcanȱonlyȱopenȱtheȱBuiltȬinȱTestsȱinterfaceȱwhenȱtheȱsystemȱisȱnotȱprinting.Theȱtestȱsuiteȱfeatures:•TheȱorganizationȱofȱprintingȬrelatedȱtasksȱinȱcategories:CommunicationsȱDataȱcardsȱTemperaturesȱVoltagesȱEncoderȱrepeatabilityȱPrintȬheadȱheatingPrintȬheadȱfillingȱ•Aȱclearȱdisplayȱofȱtestȱresultsȱandȱtheȱsourceȱofȱanyȱfailures,ȱenablingȱyouȱtoȱdetermineȱifȱprintingȱisȱpossibleȱorȱworthwhile.ȱ•Theȱabilityȱtoȱmonitorȱtestȱresultsȱforȱspecificȱcomponents.•Troubleshootingȱtips.Runningȱtheseȱtestsȱcanȱhelpȱidentifyȱproblemsȱinȱtheȱprinterȱhardwareȱandȱsoftware.ȱAȱlargeȱnumberȱofȱhardwareȱdefectsȱ(orȱnearȬdefects)ȱwarnsȱyouȱofȱpossibleȱprintingȱproblems,ȱeitherȱforȱcurrentȱorȱfutureȱjobs.AccessingBuilt-in Tests To open the Built-in Tests screen, do one of the following: •FromȱtheȱOptionsȱmenu,ȱselectȱBuilt-In Tests.•PressȱCtrl+Alt+B.Figure 6-110: Selecting Built-In Tests from the Options menuStratasys recommends running the built-in tests in the following cases:¾as a routine test, once every two weeks¾as a system check, before major (long) jobs¾as needed, for troubleshooting
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–67Stratasys P750K User GuideTest Interface TheȱBuiltȱInȱTestsȱscreenȱlistsȱpreȬconfiguredȱtests,ȱgroupedȱbyȱcomponentȱcategories.ȱInȱthisȱscreen,ȱyouȱselectȱandȱrunȱtests,ȱandȱtheȱresultsȱareȱdisplayed.Figure 6-111: Built In Tests screenTest List TestȱNameThisȱcolumnȱlistsȱallȱofȱtheȱtests,ȱtogetherȱwithȱselectionȱcheckȱboxes.ȱClickȱtheȱcheckȱboxesȱtoȱselectȱtheȱtestsȱyouȱwantȱtoȱrun.ȱToȱremoveȱaȱselection,ȱclickȱtheȱcheckȱboxȱagain.ȱToȱquicklyȱselectȱallȱofȱtheȱtestsȱinȱaȱcomponentȱcategory,ȱuseȱtheȱGroupȱdropȬdownȱlistȱatȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱscreen.GroupThisȱcolumnȱshowsȱtheȱcomponentȱcategoriesȱforȱeachȱtest.ȱThisȱtellsȱyouȱwhichȱtestsȱareȱrunȱwhenȱselectingȱaȱcategoryȱfromȱtheȱGroupȱdropȬdownȱlistȱatȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱscreen.StatusThisȱcolumnȱshowsȱtheȱresultsȱofȱeachȱtestȱafterȱyouȱrunȱit:Testȱsuccessfullyȱcompleted.Testȱfailed.ȱUnknownȱresults.ȱ(Theȱtestȱhasȱnotȱbeenȱrunȱyet.)
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–68 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Test Selection Area InȱtheȱTestȱSelectionȱarea,ȱatȱtheȱbottomȱofȱtheȱscreen,ȱyouȱcanȱquicklyȱselectȱorȱdeȬselectȱtestsȱbyȱtheirȱcharacteristics:Running Tests To run the selected tests:¾Clickȱ.Test Results To save and view a report of all of the tests:¾UseȱtheȱSaveȱandȱViewȱcommandȱbuttonsȱ(seeȱbelow).All Clickȱtoȱselectȱallȱofȱtheȱtestsȱinȱtheȱlist.None ClickȱtoȱdeȬselectȱallȱofȱtheȱtestsȱinȱtheȱlist.Unknown Clickȱtoȱselectȱallȱtestȱthatȱhaveȱnotȱbeenȱrunȱyetȱ(Status = ?).Group Useȱthisȱmenuȱtoȱselectȱtestsȱbyȱcomponentȱcategory.Selection Set UseȱthisȱmenuȱtoȱselectȱaȱpreȬconfiguredȱsetȱofȱtestsȱtoȱrunȱatȱspecifiedȱtimesȱ(computerȱstartup,ȱbeforeȱprinting,ȱetc.).After you run a test, the Save and View command buttons are added to the Built In Tests screen (see below).
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–69Stratasys P750K User GuideCommand Buttons Youȱclickȱtheȱcommandȱbuttons,ȱonȱtheȱrightȱsideȱofȱtheȱscreen,ȱtoȱperformȱtheȱfollowingȱoperations:RunClickȱtoȱrunȱtheȱselectedȱtests.ResetClickȱtoȱclearȱpreviouslyȱrunȱtests.ȱThisȱreturnsȱtheȱstatusȱofȱeachȱtestȱtoȱUnknownȱ(?).SaveClickȱtoȱsaveȱaȱreportȱthatȱsummarizesȱtheȱtestsȱrun.ȱTheȱreportȱisȱsavedȱasȱanȱHTMLȱfile.ȱYouȱcanȱsaveȱanyȱnumberȱofȱreportsȱforȱtheȱtestsȱyouȱrun;ȱtheȱnameȱofȱtheȱfileȱsavedȱisȱBITReport [date][time].htm.ȱByȱdefault,ȱtheseȱfilesȱareȱsavedȱinȱtheȱStratasysȱinstallationȱfolder,ȱbutȱyouȱcanȱsaveȱitȱinȱanyȱotherȱfolder.ViewClickȱtoȱdisplayȱtheȱlatestȱtestȱreportȱthatȱyouȱsaved.ȱ(YouȱcanȱviewȱotherȱtestȱreportsȱbyȱopeningȱtheȱrelevantȱfilesȱinȱyourȱWebȱbrowser.ȱToȱdoȱso,ȱopenȱWindowsȱExplorer,ȱandȱdoubleȱclickȱtheȱBITReportȱfile.)CloseClickȱtoȱcloseȱtheȱBuiltȬinȱTestsȱscreen.Summary Onȱtheȱrightȱsideȱofȱtheȱscreen,ȱaȱsymbolȱrepresentsȱtheȱcombinedȱresultsȱofȱallȱtheȱtestsȱrun,ȱusingȱtheȱsymbolsȱfromȱtheȱStatusȱcolumn.Allȱtestsȱsuccessfullyȱcompleted.Atȱleastȱoneȱtestȱfailed.Notȱallȱtestsȱperformed.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–70 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Test DescriptionsandTroubleshootingTheȱfollowingȱtableȱlistsȱtheȱnameȱofȱeachȱtestȱinȱtheȱBuiltȬinȱTestsȱsuite,ȱtogetherȱwithȱitsȱdescriptionȱandȱaȱpossibleȱreasonȱforȱitsȱfailure.ȱIfȱyouȱneedȱassistance,ȱcontactȱyourȱStratasysȱserviceȱprovider.Test Name Description Possible Reason for FailureSubȬSystemȱCommunication TestsȱcommunicationsȱbetweenȱEdenȱcomponents. •Disconnectedȱcommunicationsȱcable.•Faultyȱcable.FIFOȱNonȬInterrupt/FIFOȱInterrupt •TestsȱtheȱdataȱqueueȱinȱtheȱDATAȱPCIȱcard.•TestsȱtheȱWindowsȱinterrupt.•IfȱbothȱFIFOȱtestsȱfail:ȱFaultyȱDATA_PCIȱcard.•IfȱonlyȱtheȱFIFOȱInterruptȱtestȱfails:FaultyȱWindowsȱinterrupt.Encoder TestsȱtheȱencoderȇsȱreliabilityȱbyȱcomparingȱreadingsȱfromȱmultipleȱrunsȱalongȱtheȱXȬaxis.Faultyȱencoder.SystemȱInfo Comparesȱtheȱfollowingȱparameterȱvaluesȱwithȱtheȱminimumȱrequirements.•physicalȱmemory•availableȱmemory•freeȱspaceȱonȱdisk•monitorȱresolutionFailureȱofȱRAMȱmemoryȱallocationȱinȱtheȱprinterȱcomputer.RFID VerifiesȱtheȱpresenceȱofȱRFIDȱtagsȱonȱallȱloadedȱmaterialȱcartridges,ȱandȱtestsȱthemȱbyȱwritingȱtoȱandȱreadingȱfromȱeachȱone.•FaultyȱRFIDȱreader.•FaultyȱRFIDȱreaderȱpowerȱsupply.•FaultyȱorȱmisalignedȱRFIDȱtag.•HighȱlevelȱofȱelectromagneticȱnoiseȱaroundȱtheȱRFIDȱtag.SystemȱVoltages Checksȱifȱtheȱfollowingȱvoltagesȱareȱwithinȱ5%ȱofȱtheȱrequiredȱvoltage:•40VȱtoȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱbyȱtheȱVPPȱpowerȱsupply•12VȱtoȱtheȱheightȱthermistorsȱbyȱtheȱVDDȱpowerȱsupply•VPPȱpowerȱsupply:ȱFaultyȱheadȱdrive(s).•VDDȱpowerȱsupply:ȱFaultyȱheightȱthermistor(s).BlockȱFilling Analyzesȱtheȱthermistorȱreadingsȱwhenȱtheȱblockȱisȱfullȱandȱwhenȱitȱisȱempty. Faultyȱthermistor.Interlock Testsȱtheȱinterlockȱinȱtheȱprinterȱcover. •Failureȱofȱinterlockȱmechanism.•Faultyȱlatch.ȱ•Disconnectedȱcable.CabinȱTemperature TestsȱtheȱtemperatureȱlevelȱinȱtheȱbuildȬtrayȱarea. Faultyȱtemperatureȱsensorȱ(OHDB).HeadȱEEPROM Testsȱtheȱread/writeȱcapabilitiesȱofȱtheȱprintȬheadȱdriverȱcards. FaultyȱprintȬheadȱdriverȱcard(s).HeadȱVoltage Checksȱtheȱcontrolȱofȱvoltagesȱsuppliedȱtoȱtheȱprintȱheads. FaultyȱprintȬheadȱdriverȱcard(s).Head/BlockȱHeaters TestsȱtheȱheatersȱinȱtheȱprintȱheadsȱandȱinȱtheȱprintȬblockȱbody. Faultyȱheatersȱorȱthermistors.UVȱLamps TestsȱeachȱUVȱlampȱatȱtheȱHighȱQualityȱpowerȱlevel. FaultyȱUVȱlamp.FaultyȱUVȱpowerȱsupply.DisconnectedȱUVȱcable.AxesȱLimit Testsȱtheȱhardwareȱandȱsoftwareȱlimitsȱofȱallȱaxes. Faultyȱhardwareȱsensors.ȱWrongȱMaxȱPositionȱparameter.ParameterȱSanityȱCheck Comparesȱtheȱvaluesȱofȱallȱprinterȱparametersȱ(inȱcfgȱfiles)ȱtoȱtheȱrequiredȱvalues.Oneȱorȱmoreȱofȱtheȱprinterȱparametersȱisȱnotȱwithinȱtheȱrequiredȱrange.ȱDetailsȱappearȱinȱtheȱBITȱreport.Vacuum Testsȱtheȱvacuumȱlevelȱinȱtheȱprintȱblock. •Faultyȱvacuumȱsensor.ȱ•Vacuumȱleakage.ȱ•Wrongȱparameters.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–71Stratasys P750K User GuideReplacing the Waste ContainerPrinterȱwasteȱcontainsȱpartiallyȱcuredȱpolymericȱmaterial,ȱcollectedȱduringȱnormalȱoperationȱandȱmaintenanceȱofȱtheȱprinter.ȱForȱsafetyȱandȱenvironmentalȱreasons,ȱthisȱmaterialȱisȱkeptȱinȱaȱspecialȱleakȬproof,ȱdisposableȱcontainer.Theȱcontainerȱhasȱaȱcapacityȱofȱ10ȱkilogramsȱofȱwasteȱmaterial—usuallyȱenoughȱforȱseveralȱmonthsȱofȱprinterȱuse.ȱTheȱprinterȱapplicationȱdisplaysȱaȱwarningȱmessageȱwhenȱthereȱareȱ9ȱkilogramsȱofȱmaterialȱinȱtheȱcontainer,ȱandȱstopsȱtheȱprintingȱwhenȱtheȱnetȱweightȱreachesȱ9.5ȱkilograms.ȱAboveȱ9ȱkilograms,ȱtheȱsoftwareȱdoesȱnotȱallowȱyouȱtoȱstartȱaȱprintȱjobȱ(orȱaȱprintingȱactivity)ȱuntilȱyouȱreplaceȱtheȱwasteȱcontainer.ȱYouȱcanȱmonitorȱtheȱweightȱofȱtheȱwasteȱcontainerȱinȱtheȱMaintenanceȱscreenȱofȱtheȱprinterȱinterface.ȱYouȱcanȱalsoȱvisuallyȱinspectȱtheȱlevelȱofȱwasteȱinȱtheȱcontainer.ȱ(Toȱaccessȱit,ȱseeȱpage 73.)To monitor the waste weight (and other indicators) in the printer:¾Inȱtheȱmainȱprinterȱinterfaceȱscreen,ȱclickȱtheȱdisplayȱtoggleȱtoȱviewȱtheȱprinterȱindicators.Waste weightDisplay toggle button
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–72 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Figure 6-112: Printer interface, showing waste weight (red background indicates operator alert)Theȱwasteȱcontainerȱconsistsȱofȱaȱplasticȱcontainerȱinsideȱaȱcardboardȱbox.ȱYouȱtypicallyȱdisposeȱofȱtheȱentireȱwasteȱcontainer—includingȱtheȱbox.ȱTherefore,ȱyouȱmustȱassembleȱaȱnewȱboxȱandȱinsertȱaȱnewȱplasticȱcontainerȱbeforeȱyouȱcanȱinstallȱitȱinȱtheȱprinter.To prepare a new waste container:1. Assembleȱtheȱcardboardȱbox,ȱmakingȱsureȱtoȱpunchȱoutȱtheȱperforatedȱsections.2. Placeȱaȱnewȱplasticȱcontainerȱintoȱtheȱbox.Note: Do not close the box until you connect the waste drain tube from the printer.Waste weightDisplay toggle buttonReplacement boxes, plastic containers, and sealing caps are supplied in the Stratasys printer start-up kit and in the preventive-maintenance kit.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 6–73Stratasys P750K User GuideTo replace the waste container:1. LocateȱtheȱdoorȱonȱtheȱlowerȬleftȱsideȱofȱtheȱprinter.2. PushȱinȱtheȱtopȬcenterȱofȱtheȱdoorȱtoȱreleaseȱtheȱlatchȱandȱopenȱtheȱdoor.Figure 6-113: Accessing the waste container3. Carefullyȱslideȱoutȱtheȱwasteȱcontainerȱtoȱremoveȱitȱfromȱtheȱprinter.4. Closeȱtheȱfullȱcontainerȱwithȱtheȱcapȱsuppliedȱwithȱtheȱnewȱwasteȱcontainer.5. CloseȱtheȱnewȱwasteȬcontainerȱbox,ȱusingȱtapeȱtoȱholdȱitȱclosed.ȱ•Theȱcontainerȱshouldȱbeȱonȱtheȱextremeȱrightȱsideȱofȱtheȱcompartment.ȱ•Makeȱsureȱthatȱtheȱwasteȱdrainȱtubeȱisȱnotȱcrimpedȱandȱthatȱitȱisȱnotȱpinchedȱbyȱtheȱcontainer.6. Closeȱtheȱwasteȱcompartmentȱdoor.Cleaning the Exterior Panels TheȱpaintedȱexteriorȱplasticȱpanelsȱofȱStratasysȱ3Dȱprintersȱhaveȱaȱdurableȱfinish,ȱofferingȱexcellentȱchemicalȱresistanceȱtoȱcommonȱcleaningȱmaterials.ȱFollowȱtheȱrecommendationsȱbelowȱwhenȱcleaningȱtheseȱareasȱofȱtheȱprinter.AcceptableȱCleaningȱAgents•mildȱsoapȱsolutionȱ•commonȱhouseholdȱcleanersȱandȱwindowȱcleaners•commonȱcommercialȱandȱindustrialȱdetergents,ȱ5%ȱsolutionȱinȱwaterȱ•alcoholȱ(ethanol,ȱisopropanol),ȱ10%ȱtoȱ40%ȱsolutionȱinȱwaterWipeȱtheȱexteriorȱofȱtheȱprinter,ȱusingȱaȱsoftȱclothȱmoistenedȱwithȱtheȱcleaningȱsolution.Dispose of the full waste container in accordance with environmental and safety requirements.
Operating & Maintaining the Stratasys P750K 3D Printer6–74 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)UnacceptableȱMaterials•industrialȱsolventsȱ•cleaningȱagentsȱcontainingȱhydrocarbons,ȱketones,ȱestersȱandȱlacquerȱthinners•sprayȱdisinfectants•abrasivesȱandȱagentsȱwhichȱcouldȱwearȱawayȱtheȱpanelȱfinish
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 7–1Handling Printed ModelsRemovingȱModelsȱAfterȱPrinting.............................................................. 2RemovingȱtheȱSupportȱMaterial................................................................ 2PostȬPrintingȱTreatmentȱforȱModelsȱPrintedȱwithȱObjetȱVeroClear..... 4StoringȱModels............................................................................................. 5
Handling Printed Models7–2 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Removing Models After PrintingAfterȱprintingȱmodels,ȱyouȱshouldȱallowȱthemȱtoȱcoolȱasȱmuchȱasȱpossibleȱbeforeȱhandlingȱthem.ȱIfȱadditionalȱmodelsȱdoȱnotȱhaveȱtoȱbeȱproducedȱonȱtheȱprinter,ȱitȱisȱbestȱtoȱletȱtheȱprintedȱmodelsȱcoolȱinȱtheȱprinter,ȱwithȱtheȱcoverȱclosed,ȱasȱlongȱasȱpossible.ȱIf the printer must be used to produce additional models as soon as possible:1. Letȱtheȱprintedȱmodelsȱcoolȱonȱtheȱbuildȱtrayȱforȱatȱleastȱ10ȱminutes.ȱ2. Veryȱcarefully,ȱremoveȱtheȱmodelsȱfromȱtheȱtrayȱwithȱaȱscraperȱorȱspatulaȱ(suppliedȱinȱtheȱtoolȱkit),ȱtakingȱcareȱnotȱtoȱpryȱorȱbendȱtheȱmodel.3. Placeȱtheȱmodelsȱonȱaȱflatȱsurface,ȱandȱcoverȱthemȱwithȱaȱcardboardȱboxȱorȱpaperȱhood.Thisȱallowsȱtheȱmodelsȱtoȱcoolȱslowlyȱandȱevenly.4. Letȱtheȱmodelsȱcoolȱforȱseveralȱhours.Removing the Support MaterialAfterȱprintedȱmodelsȱhaveȱcooled,ȱtheȱsupportȱmaterialȱmustȱbeȱremoved.ȱThisȱcanȱbeȱdoneȱbyȱdifferentȱmethods,ȱdependingȱonȱtheȱsizeȱofȱtheȱmodel,ȱhowȱdelicateȱitȱis,ȱtheȱamountȱandȱlocationȱofȱtheȱsupportȱmaterial,ȱandȱotherȱfactors.ȱUseȱtheȱfollowingȱmethodsȱasȱaȱguide,ȱandȱadaptȱthemȱ(orȱaȱcombinationȱofȱthem)ȱforȱfinishingȱtheȱmodelsȱyouȱareȱhandling.Removing ExcessSupport Material byHandWhileȱwearingȱprotectiveȱgloves,ȱbreakȱawayȱexcessȱsupportȱmaterialȱonȱtheȱoutsideȱofȱtheȱmodel.ȱForȱdelicateȱmodels,ȱuseȱaȱtoothpick,ȱpinȱorȱsmallȱbrushȱafterȱdippingȱtheȱmodelȱinȱwater.Removing SupportMaterial with WaterPressureForȱmostȱmodels,ȱtheȱmostȱefficientȱwayȱtoȱremoveȱsupportȱmaterialȱisȱbyȱusingȱaȱhighȬpressureȱwaterȱjet.ȱOneȱsuitableȱsystemȱisȱtheȱBalcoȱWaterJetȱcleaningȱunit.ȱThisȱdeviceȱisȱmarketedȱbyȱStratasys.WARNING: Wear protective gloves when handling printed models before they are washed.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 7–3Stratasys P750K User GuideFigure 7-1: Balco WaterJet Cleaning UnitToȱcleanȱaȱmodelȱusingȱthisȱdevice,ȱyouȱplaceȱitȱinȱtheȱchamber,ȱandȱyouȱmanipulateȱitȱandȱtheȱjetȱusingȱtheȱbuiltȬin,ȱwaterproofȱsleeves.ȱAȱpumpȱturnsȱordinaryȱtapȱwaterȱintoȱaȱhighȬpressureȱjet,ȱandȱaȱwiperȱkeepsȱtheȱwindowȱclear.Removing SupportMaterial withCaustic SodaSoakȱmodelsȱinȱaȱ1Ȭpercentȱsolutionȱofȱcausticȱsodaȱ(sodiumȱhydroxide)ȱtoȱremoveȱsupportȱmaterialȱfromȱdifficultȬtoȬreachȱareasȱandȱtoȱgiveȱtheȱmodelȱaȱsmooth,ȱcleanȱfinish.ȱTheȱamountȱofȱtimeȱyouȱsoakȱtheȱmodelȱinȱtheȱsolutionȱdependsȱonȱhowȱdelicateȱitȱisȱandȱhowȱmuchȱsupportȱmaterialȱneedsȱtoȱbeȱremoved,ȱbutȱitȱisȱtypicallyȱbetweenȱhalfȬanȬhourȱandȱseveralȱhours.ȱInȱanyȱcase,ȱyouȱshouldȱremoveȱasȱmuchȱsupportȱmaterialȱasȱpossibleȱbeforeȱtheȱcausticȱsodaȱtreatment,ȱandȱrinseȱtheȱmodelȱthoroughlyȱ(withȱaȱwaterȱjet)ȱafterwards.ȱUse caution when cleaning delicate models with high-pressure water systems.WARNING: Caustic soda may cause chemical burns, scarring and blindness. Mixing it with water generates heat that could ignite other materials. Never pour water into a caustic soda solution. When diluting the solution, always add caustic soda to water. Take adequate safety precautions; always use nitrile gloves when handling caustic soda and models soaked in it.
Handling Printed Models7–4 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)Post-Printing Treatment for Models Printed with Objet VeroClearModelsȱmadeȱwithȱObjetȱVeroClearȱ(RGD810)ȱhaveȱaȱslightȱyellowȱtintȱwhenȱremovedȱfromȱtheȱprinter.ȱThisȱisȱespeciallyȱtrueȱforȱmodelsȱprintedȱwithȱaȱglossyȱfinish.ȱTheȱyellowȱtintȱfadesȱnaturallyȱoverȱtime,ȱbutȱyouȱcanȱgreatlyȱaccelerateȱthisȱprocessȱbyȱusingȱaȱsuitableȱphotobleachingȱtreatment.Asȱaȱrule,ȱbestȱclarityȱisȱachievedȱwhenȱpartsȱareȱprintedȱwithȱaȱmatteȱfinish,ȱandȱtreatedȱasȱexplainedȱbelow.Photobleachingȱmodelsȱinvolvesȱexposingȱthemȱtoȱlight.ȱToȱachieveȱhighlyȱcontrolledȱandȱpredictableȱresults,ȱaȱprofessionalȱilluminationȱchamberȱisȱrecommended.ȱHowever,ȱadequateȱresultsȱmayȱbeȱobtainedȱusingȱordinaryȱdeskȱlampsȱfittedȱwithȱsuitableȱfluorescentȱelements.Photo-Bleaching InstructionsFollowȱtheseȱinstructionsȱforȱphotobleachingȱprintedȱmodels.•Theȱfluorescentȱlampsȱshouldȱbeȱratedȱ45W,ȱ6500K.•Whenȱusingȱdeskȱlamps,ȱplaceȱtheȱmodelsȱinȱaȱcontainerȱlinedȱwithȱaluminumȱfoil.ȱUseȱatȱleastȱtwoȱlamps,ȱmoreȱwhenȱtreatingȱmodelsȱinȱaȱlargeȱcontainer.•Arrangeȱtheȱmodelsȱwithȱenoughȱspaceȱbetweenȱthemȱtoȱallowȱlightȱtoȱreachȱallȱsidesȱofȱeachȱmodel.•Verifyȱthatȱtheȱambientȱtemperatureȱaroundȱtheȱmodelsȱisȱapproximatelyȱ40 ºCȱ(104 ºF).ȱHigherȱtemperaturesȱmayȱcauseȱmodelȱdistortion;ȱlowerȱtemperaturesȱmayȱnotȱproduceȱsatisfactoryȱresults.ȱWhenȱusingȱdeskȱlamps,ȱyouȱcanȱachieveȱtheȱrequiredȱtemperatureȱbyȱpositioningȱtheȱlampsȱapproximatelyȱ10ȱcmȱ(4ȱin.)ȱaboveȱtheȱmodels.•Inspectȱtheȱmodelsȱafterȱsixȱhoursȱofȱtreatment.ȱForȱpartsȱwithȱaȱmatteȱfinish,ȱthisȱshouldȱbeȱenough.ȱPolishȱandȱlacquerȱtheȱparts.Forȱpartsȱwithȱaȱglossyȱfinish,ȱcontinueȱtheȱphotobleachingȱtreatmentȱforȱupȱtoȱ18ȱhoursȱmore.InȱStratasysȱlaboratories,ȱthereȱwasȱaȱtintȱreductionȱofȱapproximatelyȱ70%ȱwithinȱsixȱhours.ȱAfterȱ24ȱhours,ȱtintȱwasȱreducedȱbyȱapproximatelyȱ90%.Figure 7-2: Illumination chamber Figure 7-3: Desk lampsMore information about this treatment is available in the application note VeroClear RGD810 Model Material.
DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1) 7–5Stratasys P750K User GuideStoring ModelsModelsȱareȱcuredȱasȱtheyȱareȱprinted,ȱmakingȱthemȱsafeȱandȱstableȱforȱaȱlongȱtime.ȱHowever,ȱproperȱstorageȱconditionsȱareȱnecessaryȱtoȱpreventȱdeforming.•KeepȱprintedȱmodelsȱatȱroomȱtemperatureȱandȱinȱaȱlowȬhumidityȱenvironment.•Doȱnotȱexposeȱmodelsȱtoȱdirectȱsunlightȱandȱotherȱheatȱsources.
Handling Printed Models7–6 DOC08010 Rev. A (DRAFT 1)

Navigation menu